Перевод: со всех языков на все языки

not+even+one+word

41 so

1.
[səʊ]adverb

1) (by that amount) so

as winter draws near, so it gets darker — je näher der Winter rückt, desto dunkler wird es

as fast as the water poured in, so we bailed it out — in dem Maße, wie das Wasser eindrang, schöpften wir es heraus

so... as — so... wie

there is nothing so fine as... — es gibt nichts Schöneres als...

not so [very] difficult/easy — etc. nicht so schwer/leicht usw.

so beautiful a present — so ein schönes Geschenk; ein so schönes Geschenk

so far — bis hierher; (until now) bisher; bis jetzt; (to such a distance) so weit

and so on [and so forth] — und so weiter [und so fort]

so long! — bis dann od. nachher! (ugs.)

so many — so viele; (unspecified number) soundso viele

so much — so viel; (unspecified amount) soundso viel

the villages are all so much alike — die Dörfer gleichen sich alle so sehr

so much for him/his plans — (that is all) das wärs, was ihn/seine Pläne angeht

so much for my hopes — und ich habe mir solche Hoffnungen gemacht

so much the better — um so besser

not so much... as — weniger... als [eher]

not so much as — (not even) [noch] nicht einmal

2) (in that manner) so

so be it — einverstanden

this being so — da dem so ist (geh.)

it so happened that he was not there — er war [zufällig] gerade nicht da

3) (to such a degree) so

this answer so provoked him that... — diese Antwort provozierte ihn so od. derart, dass...

so much so that... — so sehr, dass...; das geht/ging so weit, dass...

4) (with the intent)

so as to — um... zu

so [that] — damit

5) (emphatically) so

I'm so glad/tired! — ich bin ja so froh/müde!

so kind of you! — wirklich nett von Ihnen!

so sorry! — (coll.) Entschuldigung!; Verzeihung!

6) (indeed)

It's a rainbow! - So it is! — Es ist ein Regenbogen! - Ja, wirklich!

you said it was good, and so it was — du sagtest, es sei gut, und so war es auch

is that so? — so? (ugs.); wirklich?

and so he did — und das machte/tat er [dann] auch

it may be so, possibly so — [das ist] möglich

7) (likewise)

so am/have/would/could/will/do I — ich auch

8) (thus) so

and so it was that... — und so geschah es, dass...

not so! — nein, nein!

9) (replacing clause, phrase, word)

he suggested that I should take the train, and if I had done so,... — er riet mir, den Zug zu nehmen, und wenn ich es getan hätte,...

I'm afraid so — leider ja; ich fürchte schon

the teacher said so — der Lehrer hat es gesagt

I suppose so — ich nehme an (ugs.); expr. reluctant agreement wenn es sein muss; granting grudging permission von mir aus

I told you so — ich habe es dir [ja] gesagt

he is a man of the world, so to say or speak — er ist sozusagen ein Mann von Welt

it will take a week or so — es wird so ungefähr (ugs.) od. etwa eine Woche dauern

there were twenty or so people — es waren so (ugs.) um die zwanzig Leute da

very much so — in der Tat; allerdings
2. conjunction
(therefore) daher

so 'that's what he meant — das hat er also gemeint

so what is the answer? — wie lautet also die Antwort?

so 'there you are! — da bist du also!

so there you 'are! — ich habe also Recht!

so that's 'that — (coll.) (it's done) [al]so, das wars (ugs.); (it's over) das wars also (ugs.); (everything has been taken care of) das wärs dann (ugs.)

so 'there! — [und] fertig!; [und damit] basta! (ugs.)

so you see... — du siehst also...

so? — na und?

* * *
[səu] 1. adverb
1) ((used in several types of sentence to express degree) to this extent, or to such an extent: `The snake was about so long,' he said, holding his hands about a metre apart; Don't get so worried!; She was so pleased with his progress in school that she bought him a new bicycle; They couldn't all get into the room, there were so many of them; He departed without so much as (= without even) a goodbye; You've been so (= very) kind to me!; Thank you so much!) so

2) ((used to express manner) in this/that way: As you hope to be treated by others, so you must treat them; He likes everything to be (arranged) just so (= in one particular and precise way); It so happens that I have to go to an important meeting tonight.) so

3) ((used in place of a word, phrase etc previously used, or something previously stated) as already indicated: `Are you really leaving your job?' `Yes, I've already told you / said so'; `Is she arriving tomorrow?' `Yes, I hope so'; If you haven't read the notice, please do so now; `Is that so (= true)?' `Yes, it's really so'; `Was your father angry?' `Yes, even more so than I was expecting - in fact, so much so that he refused to speak to me all day!) das, so, so... daß

4) (in the same way; also: `I hope we'll meet again.' `So do I.'; She has a lot of money and so has her husband.) auch

5) ((used to express agreement or confirmation) indeed: `You said you were going shopping today.' `So I did, but I've changed my mind.'; `You'll need this book tomorrow, won't you?' `So I will.') tatsächlich
2. conjunction
((and) therefore: John had a bad cold, so I took him to the doctor; `So you think you'd like this job, then?' `Yes.'; And so they got married and lived happily ever after.) also

- academic.ru/68560/so-called">so-called
- so-so
- and so on/forth
- or so
- so as to
- so far
- so good
- so that
- so to say/speak
* * *

so

[səʊ, AM soʊ]

I. adv inv

1. (to an indicated degree) so

I'm \so tired [that] I could sleep in this chair ich bin so müde, dass ich hier im Sessel einschlafen könnte

he's quite nice, more \so than I was led to believe er ist ganz nett, viel netter als ich angenommen hatte

he's not \so stupid as he looks er ist gar nicht so dumm, wie er aussieht

look, the gap was about \so wide schau mal, die Lücke war ungefähr so groß

the table that I liked best was about \so wide der Tisch, der mir am besten gefallen hat, war ungefähr so breit

2. (to a great degree)

what are you looking \so pleased about? was freut dich denn so [sehr]?

your hair is \so soft dein Haar ist so [unglaublich] weich

she's \so beautiful sie ist so [wunder]schön

I am \so cold mir ist so kalt

I am \so [very] hungry/thirsty ich bin [ja] so hungrig/durstig!, hab ich einen Durst/einen Riesenhunger! fam

she's ever \so kind and nice sie ist ja so freundlich und nett!

\so fair a face he could not recall ( liter or old) niemals zuvor hatte er ein so liebreizendes Gesicht gesehen liter

what's \so wrong with that? was ist denn daran so falsch?

is that why you hate him \so? ist das der Grund, warum du ihn so sehr hasst?

and I love you \so und ich liebe dich so sehr

you worry \so [much] du machst dir so viele Sorgen

3. (in such a way) so

we've \so planned our holiday that the kids will have a lot of fun wir haben unsere Ferien so geplant, dass die Kinder viel Spaß haben werden

gently fold in the eggs like \so rühren Sie die Eier auf diese Weise vorsichtig unter

4. (perfect)

[to be] just \so genau richtig [sein]

I want everything just \so ich will, dass alles perfekt ist

if you don't do things just \so, he comes along and yells at you wenn du nicht alles absolut richtig machst, kommt er und schreit dich an

5. (also, likewise) auch

I'm hungry as can be and \so are the kids ich habe einen Riesenhunger und die Kinder auch fam

I've got an enormous amount of work to do — \so have I ich habe jede Menge Arbeit — ich auch

I'm allergic to nuts — \so is my brother ich bin gegen Nüsse allergisch — mein Bruder auch

I hope they stay together — I hope \so, too ich hoffe, sie bleiben zusammen — das hoffe ich auch

I [very much] hope \so! das hoffe ich doch sehr!

6. (yes) ja

should we get going now? — I should say \so sollen wir jetzt anfangen? — ja, ich finde schon

can I watch television? — I suppose \so darf ich fernsehen? — na gut, meinetwegen [o von mir aus]

is this that the correct answer? — I suppose \so ist das die richtige Antwort? — ich glaube schon [o ja]

I'm afraid \so ich fürchte ja

7. AM ( fam: contradicting) doch

haha, you don't have a bike — I do \so haha, du hast ja gar kein Fahrrad — hab' ich wohl!

8. (that) das

\so they say so sagt man

\so I believe [das] glaube ich jedenfalls

I'm sorry I'm late — \so you should be es tut mir leid, dass ich mich verspätet habe — das will ich auch schwer hoffen

... or \so they say/I've heard... so heißt es jedenfalls/das habe ich zumindest gehört

Carla's coming over this summer or \so I've heard Carla kommt diesen Sommer, [das] habe ich jedenfalls gehört

well then, \so be it also gut

I told you \so ich habe es dir ja [o doch] gesagt

he looks like James Dean — \so he does er sieht aus wie James Dean — stimmt!

9. (as stated) so; (true) wahr

is that \so? ist das wahr?, stimmt das?

\so it is das stimmt

if \so... wenn das so ist...

that being \so,... angesichts dieser Tatsache...

to be quite \so wirklich stimmen

10. (this way, like that) so

I'm sure it's better \so ich bin sicher, so ist es besser

and \so it was und so kam es dann auch

and \so it was that... und so kam es, dass...

it \so happened that I was in the area ich war zufällig [gerade] in der Nähe

and \so forth [or on] und so weiter

\so to say [or speak] sozusagen

11.

▶ \so far \so good so weit, so gut

▶ \so long bis dann [o später]

▶ \so much for that so viel zum Thema

▶ \so what? na und? fam, na wenn schon? fam

II. conj

1. (therefore) deshalb, daher

I couldn't find you \so I left ich konnte dich nicht finden, also bin ich gegangen

my landlord kicked me out and \so I was forced to seek yet another apartment mein Vermieter hat mich rausgeworfen, weshalb ich mir schon wieder eine neue Wohnung suchen musste

2. ( fam: whereupon)

he said he wanted to come along, \so I told him that... er sagte, er wolle mitfahren, worauf ich ihm mitteilte, dass...

3. (introducing a sentence) also

\so we leave on the Thursday wir fahren also an diesem Donnerstag

\so that's what he does when I'm not around das macht er also, wenn ich nicht da bin

\so where have you been? wo warst du denn die ganze Zeit?

\so what's the problem? wo liegt denn das Problem?

\so that's that for now das wär's dann fürs Erste fam

4. (in order to) damit

be quiet \so she can concentrate sei still, damit sie sich konzentrieren kann

5.

▶ \so long as... (if) sofern; (for the time) solange

I'll join the army \so long as you do too ich gehe zum Militär, sofern du auch gehst

\so long as he doesn't go too far,... solange er nicht zu weit geht,...

▶ \so there! ( hum) ätsch! Kindersprache

mine's bigger than yours, \so there! ( hum) ätsch, meiner ist größer als deiner! Kindersprache

III. adj (sl) typisch fam

that's \so 70's das ist typisch 70er fam

* * *
abbr S
* * *

so¹ [səʊ]

A adv

1. (meist vor adj und adv) so, dermaßen:

so surprised;

so great a man ein so großer Mann;

not so … as nicht so … wie; → much Bes Redew

2. (meist exklamatorisch) so (sehr), ja so (überaus):

I am so glad ich freue mich (ja) so;

you are so right ganz richtig

3. so (…, dass):

it was so hot that I took my coat off

4. so, in dieser Weise:

so it is (genau) so ist es, stimmt;

is that so? wirklich?;

so as to sodass, um zu;

so that sodass;

or so etwa, oder so;

in an hour or so so in einer Stunde;

why so? warum?, wieso?;

how so? wie (kommt) das?;

so saying mit oder bei diesen Worten;

so Churchill so (sprach) Churchill; → even¹ 5, if¹ A 1

5. (als Ersatz für ein Prädikativum oder einen Satz)

a) es, das:

I hope so ich hoffe es;

I have never said so das habe ich nie behauptet;

I think so ich glaube oder denke schon;

I should think so ich denke doch!, das will ich meinen!;

what makes you think so? wie kommst du denn da drauf?;

I told you so ich habe es dir ja (gleich) gesagt

b) auch:

you are tired and so am I du bist müde und ich (bin es) auch;

I am stupid - so you are allerdings(, das bist du)!

6. also:

so you came after all du bist also doch (noch) gekommen;

so what? umg na und?, na wenn schon?

B konj daher, folglich, deshalb, also, und so, so … denn:

he was ill, so they were quiet er war krank, deshalb waren sie ruhig;

it was necessary, so we did it es war nötig, und so taten wir es (denn)

so² [səʊ] → sol²

* * *
1.
[səʊ]adverb

1) (by that amount) so

as winter draws near, so it gets darker — je näher der Winter rückt, desto dunkler wird es

as fast as the water poured in, so we bailed it out — in dem Maße, wie das Wasser eindrang, schöpften wir es heraus

so... as — so... wie

there is nothing so fine as... — es gibt nichts Schöneres als...

not so [very] difficult/easy — etc. nicht so schwer/leicht usw.

so beautiful a present — so ein schönes Geschenk; ein so schönes Geschenk

so far — bis hierher; (until now) bisher; bis jetzt; (to such a distance) so weit

and so on [and so forth] — und so weiter [und so fort]

so long! — bis dann od. nachher! (ugs.)

so many — so viele; (unspecified number) soundso viele

so much — so viel; (unspecified amount) soundso viel

the villages are all so much alike — die Dörfer gleichen sich alle so sehr

so much for him/his plans — (that is all) das wärs, was ihn/seine Pläne angeht

so much for my hopes — und ich habe mir solche Hoffnungen gemacht

so much the better — um so besser

not so much... as — weniger... als [eher]

not so much as — (not even) [noch] nicht einmal

2) (in that manner) so

so be it — einverstanden

this being so — da dem so ist (geh.)

it so happened that he was not there — er war [zufällig] gerade nicht da

3) (to such a degree) so

this answer so provoked him that... — diese Antwort provozierte ihn so od. derart, dass...

so much so that... — so sehr, dass...; das geht/ging so weit, dass...

4) (with the intent)

so as to — um... zu

so [that] — damit

5) (emphatically) so

I'm so glad/tired! — ich bin ja so froh/müde!

so kind of you! — wirklich nett von Ihnen!

so sorry! — (coll.) Entschuldigung!; Verzeihung!

6) (indeed)

It's a rainbow! - So it is! — Es ist ein Regenbogen! - Ja, wirklich!

you said it was good, and so it was — du sagtest, es sei gut, und so war es auch

is that so? — so? (ugs.); wirklich?

and so he did — und das machte/tat er [dann] auch

it may be so, possibly so — [das ist] möglich

7) (likewise)

so am/have/would/could/will/do I — ich auch

8) (thus) so

and so it was that... — und so geschah es, dass...

not so! — nein, nein!

9) (replacing clause, phrase, word)

he suggested that I should take the train, and if I had done so,... — er riet mir, den Zug zu nehmen, und wenn ich es getan hätte,...

I'm afraid so — leider ja; ich fürchte schon

the teacher said so — der Lehrer hat es gesagt

I suppose so — ich nehme an (ugs.); expr. reluctant agreement wenn es sein muss; granting grudging permission von mir aus

I told you so — ich habe es dir [ja] gesagt

he is a man of the world, so to say or speak — er ist sozusagen ein Mann von Welt

it will take a week or so — es wird so ungefähr (ugs.) od. etwa eine Woche dauern

there were twenty or so people — es waren so (ugs.) um die zwanzig Leute da

very much so — in der Tat; allerdings
2. conjunction
(therefore) daher

so 'that's what he meant — das hat er also gemeint

so what is the answer? — wie lautet also die Antwort?

so 'there you are! — da bist du also!

so there you 'are! — ich habe also Recht!

so that's 'that — (coll.) (it's done) [al]so, das wars (ugs.); (it's over) das wars also (ugs.); (everything has been taken care of) das wärs dann (ugs.)

so 'there! — [und] fertig!; [und damit] basta! (ugs.)

so you see... — du siehst also...

so? — na und?

* * *

adv.

also adv.

daher adv.

demnach adv.

so adv.

English-german dictionary > so
42 -ne

1.
nē (old forms nei and ni; v. the foll.), adv. and conj., the primitive Latin negative particle, no, not; whereas the negative particle non is a derivative (v. non init.) [prob. of pronominal origin; cf. the Anglo-Saxon na and ne (Engl. no), whence naht (Engl. not) is derived; Sanscr. na, not].
I.
Adv., with a single word of a proposition (in early Latin): NE MINVS TRINVM NOVNDINVM, not less than, etc., S. C. de Bacch.; cf. with DVM NE MINVS SENATORIBVS C. ADESENT, twice in the same S. C.;
and in the form ni: DVM NI MINVS VIGINTI ADSIENT,
Inscr. Grut. 207, 3. So too:
DVM NE AMPLIOREM MODVM PRATORVM HABEANT QVAM, etc.,
Inscr. Orell. 3121 (Sententia de finibus inter Genuates et Viturios regundis lata A. U. C. 637). So, ne minores (verres) quam semestres, Varr. R. R. 2, 4, 21. In the time of Plautus the usage was unsettled, non and ne being used indifferently for simple negation; cf. Lorenz ad Plaut. Most. 105; Brix ad Plaut. Trin. 1156.—
2.
To this is allied the adverbial use of ne in all periods of the language.
a.
Ne... quidem, applies the negation with emphasis to the word between them, not even:
ne sues quidem id velint, non modo ipse,
Cic. Tusc. 1, 38, 92:
ne in oppidis quidem... ne in fanis quidem,
id. Verr. 2, 4, 1, § 2:
Philippus non item: itaque ne nos quidem,
id. Att. 14, 12, 2:
nulla ne minima quidem aura fluctus commovente,
id. Tusc. 5, 6, 16:
non potest dici satis, ne cogitari quidem, quantum, etc.,
id. Mil. 29, 78:
vita beata, quam ne in deo quidem esse censes, nisi, etc.,
id. N. D. 1, 24, 67:
ut in foro et in judicio... ne non timere quidem sine aliquo timore possimus,
id. Mil. 1, 2:
ne tondere quidem Vellera possunt,
Verg. G. 3, 561;
so after a negative, repeating it with emphasis: non enim praetereundum est ne id quidem,
Cic. Verr. 2, 1, 60, § 155:
nulla species ne excogitari quidem potest ornatior,
id. de Or. 3, 45, 179:
non praetermittam ne illud quidem,
id. Q. Fr. 2, 5, 2:
Caesar negat se ne Graeca quidem meliora legisse,
id. ib. 2, 16, 5:
numquam illum ne minima quidem re offendi,
id. Lael. 27, 103; Liv. 28, 42, 16; but when ne... quidem precedes, the negative of the principal verb is omitted:
sine quā ne intellegi quidem ulla virtus potest,
Cic. Tusc. 2, 13, 31:
neque enim ipsius quidem regis abhorrebat animus,
Liv. 29, 12, 10: ne quidem (with no intervening word), not even (late Lat.), Gai Inst. 1, 67; id. ib. 3, 93.—
b.
In composition, to make an absolute negation of the principal idea. So in neque and nequiquam; also in nescio and nevolo; and in nefas, nefandus, nepus (for non purus), nequeo, neuter, neutiquam; in nemo, nego, nihil, nullus, numquam, and nusquam; and, lastly, with a paragogic c before o: necopinans and neglego; negotium (i. e. nec-lego; nec-otium). —
B.
With a proposition (in all periods of the language, and exclusively),
1.
In imperative sentences, to signify that something must not be done.
(α).
With imper.: SI HOMINEM FVLMEN IOVIS OCCISIT, NE SVPRA GENVA TOLLITOR, let him not be raised, Leg. Reg.: HOMINEM MORTVVM IN VRBE NE SEPELITO NEVE VRITO, Fragm. XII. Tab. ap. Cic. Leg. 2, 23; cf.: MVLIERES GENAS NE RADVNTO NEVE LESSVM FVNERIS ERGO HABENTO, ib.: SI NOLET, ARCERAM NE STERNITO, let him not spread, he need not spread, ib. (cf. Gell. 20, 1, 25):
VECTIGAL INVITEI DARE NEI DEBENTO,
Inscr. Orell. 3121; cf.
art. ni, II.: abi, ne jura: satis credo,
Plaut. Pers. 4, 3, 20; 4, 5, 5:
ah, ne saevi tantopere,
Ter. And. 5, 2, 27:
impius ne audeto placare donis iram deorum,
Cic. Leg. 2, 9, 22:
ne, pueri, ne tanta animis assuescite bella,
Verg. A. 6, 832.—
(β).
With subj.:
ne me moveatis,
Plaut. Mil. 4, 9, 1:
si certum est facere, facias: verum ne post conferas Culpam in me,
Ter. Eun. 2, 3, 96:
si denique veritas extorquebit, ne repugnetis,
Cic. Clu. 2, 6:
ne pudori Sit tibi Musa lyrae sollers,
Hor. A. P. 406.—
2.
In wishes and asseverations: ne id Juppiter Opt. Max. sineret, etc., might Jupiter forbid it! etc., Liv. 4, 2; cf.:
ne istuc Juppiter Opt. Max. sirit, etc.,
id. 28, 28.—With utinam: utinam ne in nemore Pelio securibus Caesa accedisset abiegna ad terram trabes, would that not, Enn. ap. Cic. Top. 16, 61 (Trag. v. 280 Vahl.): utinam ne umquam, Mede Colchis cupido corde pedem extulisses, Enn ap. Non. 297, 18 (Trag. v. 311 ib.):
illud utinam ne vere scriberem!
Cic. Fam. 5, 17, 3; v. utinam.—With si:
ne vivam, si scio,
may I not live, may I die, if I know, Cic. Att. 4, 16, 8:
sed ne vivam, si tibi concedo,
id. Fam. 7, 23, 19:
ne sim salvus, si aliter scribo ac sentio,
id. ib. 16, 13, 1.—
3.
In concessive and restrictive clauses (conceived as softened commands; cf. II. init.).
(α).
In concessions, nemo is, inquies, umquam fuit. Ne fuerit:
ego enim, etc.,
there may not have been; suppose there was not, Cic. Or. 29, 101; cf.:
pugnes omnino, sed cum adversario facili. Ne sit sane: videri certe potest,
id. Ac. 2, 26, 85; 2, 32, 102:
ne sit sane summum malum dolor: malum certe est,
id. Tusc. 2, 5, 14:
ne sint in senectute vires: ne postulantur quidem vires a senectute,
id. Sen. 11, 34:
ne sit igitur sol, ne luna, ne stellae, quoniam nihil esse potest, nisi quod attigimus aut vidimus,
id. N. D. 1, 31, 88; Liv. 31, 7:
nec porro malum, quo aut oppressus jaceas, aut, ne opprimare, mente vix constes?
though you be not crushed; supposing you are not crushed, Cic. Tusc. 4, 17, 39.—
(β).
In restrictive clauses:
sint sane liberales ex sociorum fortunis, sint misericordes in furibus aerarii, ne illi sanguinem nostrum largiantur, etc.,
only let them not; if they only will not, Sall. C. 52, 12. So, dum ne, dummodo ne, modo ne, and dum quidem ne; v. dum and modo: me vero nihil istorum ne juvenem quidem movit umquam: ne nunc senem, much less now I am old = nedum, Cic. Fam. 9, 26, 2; cf.:
vix incedo inanis, ne ire posse cum onere existumes,
Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 174: scuta si homines inviti dant, etsi ad salutem communem dari sentiunt: ne quem putetis sine maximo dolore argentum caelatum domo protulisse, much less can you suppose, etc., Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 23, § 52; Liv. 3, 52.—
4.
In clauses which denote a purpose or result.
a.
Ut ne, that not, lest, so that not (very rare after the August. period; in Livy only in a few doubtful passages; in Cæsar, Seneca, and Tacitus not at all; v. under II.): quos ego ope meā Pro incertis certos... Dimitto, ut ne res temere tractent turbidas, Enn. ap. Cic. de Or. 1, 45, 199 (Trag v. 189 Vahl.): vestem ut ne inquinet, Plaut. Capt. 2, 2, 17. pergunt turbare usque, ut ne quid possit conquiescere, id. Most. 5, 1, 12:
haec mihi nunc cura est maxima, ut ne cui meae Longinquitas aetatis obstet,
Ter. Hec. 4, 2, 19:
ego, pol, te ulciscar, ut ne impune nos illuseris,
id. Eun. 5, 4, 19:
excitandam esse animadversionem et diligentiam, ut ne quid inconsiderate negligenterque agamus,
Cic. Off. 1, 29, 103:
equidem soleo dare operam, ut de suā quisque re me ipse doceat, et, ut ne quis alius assit, quo, etc.,
id. de Or. 2, 24, 102.—
b.
Ut... ne separated:
quam plurimis de rebus ad me velim scribas, ut prorsus ne quid ignorem,
Cic. Att. 3, 10, 3:
ut causae communi salutique ne deessent,
id. Verr. 2, 4, 63, § 140:
lata lex est, ne auspicia valerent, ut omnibus fastis diebus legem ferri liceret: ut lex Aelia, lex Fufia ne valeret,
id. Sest. 15, 33; id. N. D. 1, 7, 17:
vos orant atque obsecrant, judices, ut in actore causae suae deligendo vestrum judicium ab suo judicio ne discrepet,
id. Div. in Caecil. 4, 14.—
c.
Qui ne, quo ne, and quomodo ne (ante- and post-class. for ut ne):
ego id agam, mihi qui ne detur,
Ter. And. 2, 1, 35:
moxque ad aram, quo ne hostis dolum persentisceret, aversusque a duce assistit,
Dict. Cret. 4, 11: quaeritis maximis sumptibus faciendis, quomodo ne tributa conferatis, Gr. hôs mê, Rutil. Lup. 1, 9.
II.
In the several uses of the adv. ne, described above, the transition to its use to connect clauses is clearly seen (v. esp. I. B. 3. and 4.). In intentional clauses, and after verbs of fearing and avoiding, ne becomes a conjunction.
A.
In intentional clauses for ut ne, that not, lest: nolite, hospites, ad me adire: ilico isti! Ne contagio mea bonis umbrave obsit, approach me not; let not my presence harm you, i. e. lest my presence should harm you, Enn. ap. Cic. Tusc. 3, 12, 26 (Trag. v. 405 Vahl.):
omitto innumerabiles viros, quorum singuli saluti huic civitati fuerunt... ne quis se aut suorum aliquem praetermissum queratur,
Cic. Rep. 1, 1, 1; 1, 7, 12; 1, 5, 9:
Caesarem complexus obsecrare coepit, ne quid gravius in fratrem statueret,
Caes. B. G. 1, 20.—Esp. after verbs expressing forethought, care, etc.:
vide sis, ne quid imprudens ruas,
Ter. Heaut. 2, 3, 128:
considera, ne in alienissimum tempus cadat adventus tuus,
Cic. Fam. 15, 14, 4:
Cocceius, vide, ne frustretur,
Cic. Att. 12, 18, 3 et saep.—
B.
After verbs signifying to fear, frighten, etc. (esp. metuo, timeo, vereor, horreo, paveo, terreo, conterreo; also, timor est, metus est, spes est, periculum est), to express the wish that something may not take place; represented in English by that (because in English the particle depends on the idea of fearing, not of wishing):
metuo et timeo, ne hoc tandem propalam flat,
that it will be discovered, Plaut. Mil. 4, 8, 38:
timeo ne malefacta mea sint inventa omnia,
id. Truc. 4, 2, 61:
vereor ne quid Andria apportet mali,
Ter. And. 1, 1, 46:
metuebat ne indicarent,
Cic. Mil. 21, 57:
mater cruciatur et sollicita est, ne filium spoliatum omni dignitate conspiciat,
id. Mur. 41, 88:
hic ne quid mihi prorogetur, horreo,
id. Att. 5, 21, 3:
id paves, ne ducas tu illam, tu autem ut ducas,
Ter. And. 2, 2, 12:
esse metus coepit, ne, etc.,
Ov. M. 7, 715:
terruit gentīs, grave ne rediret Saeculum Pyrrhae,
Hor. C. 1, 2, 5:
non periclumst, nequid recte monstres,
Plaut. Ps. 1, 3, 55:
pavor ceperat milites, ne mortiferum esset vulnus,
Liv. 24, 42 —
b.
When the dependent clause is negative, with non or nihil, that not:
vereor ne exercitum firmum habere non possit,
Cic. Att. 7, 12, 2:
unum vereor ne senatus Pompeium nolit dimittere,
id. ib. 5, 18, 1:
timeo ne non impetrem,
id. ib. 9, 6, 6; id. Tusc. 1, 31, 76.—
c.
With the negative before the verb:
non vereor, ne quid temere facias,
Cic. Fam. 2, 7, 1; 2, 1, 4:
timere non debeo, ne non iste illā cruce dignus judicetur,
id. Verr. 2, 5, 67, § 171.—
C.
After verbs signifying to avoid, warn, hinder, forbid, refuse (caveo, impedio, resisto, interdico, refuto, rarely veto), instead of the simple object, that not, lest:
qui cavet, ne decipiatur, etc.,
Plaut. Capt. 2, 2, 5:
cavete, judices, ne nova proscriptio instaurata esse videatur,
Cic. Rosc. Am. 53, 153; id. Fam. 3, 12, 4;
v. caveo: casus quidam ne facerem impedivit,
Cic. Fat. 1, 1:
unus ne caperetur urbs causa fuit,
Liv. 34, 39. [p. 1194]
2.
- nĕ (also apocopated n' and only n), interrog. and enclit. part. [weakened from nē]. It simply inquires, without implying either that a negative or an affirmative reply is expected (cf. num, nonne), and emphasizes the word to which it is joined;
which is always, in classic Latin, the first word of the clause (ante- class. after other words: sine dote uxoremne?
Plaut. Trin. 2, 2, 94; 1, 2, 141; id. As. 5, 2, 78; id. Mil. 3, 1, 92). In direct questions it is translated by giving an interrogative form to the sentence; in indirect interrogations by whether.
(α).
In direct interrogations, with indic.:
meministine me in senatu dicere? etc.,
Cic. Cat. 1, 3, 7:
potestne rerum major esse dissensio?
id. Fin. 3, 13, 44:
tune id veritus es?
id. Q. Fr. 1, 3, 1:
jamne vides, belua, jamne sentis? etc.,
id. Pis. 1, 1:
quid, si etiam falsum illud omnino est? tamenne ista tam absurda defendes?
id. N. D. 1, 29, 81; cf. id. Rosc. Am. 15, 44:
quiane auxilio juvat ante levatos?
Verg. A. 4, 538:
tun' te audes Sosiam esse dicere?
Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 217:
valuistin?
id. Trin. 1, 2, 12.—After an elided s:
satin habes, si feminarum nulla'st: quam aeque diligam?
Plaut. Am. 1, 3, 11:
pergin autem?
id. ib. 1, 3, 41:
vin commutemus?
id. Trin. 1, 2, 21 al. —
(β).
Esp. with rel. pron.; ellipt.: quemne ego servavi? i. e. do you mean the one whom? etc., Plaut. Mil. 1, 1, 13: quodne vobis placeat, displiceat mihi? can it be that what pleases? etc., id. ib. 3, 1, 19; id. Merc. 3, 3, 12; id. Am. 2, 2, 65;
so quin for quine,
id. Trin. 2, 2, 79 Brix ad loc.; id. Bacch. 2, 3, 98; id. Most. 3, 2, 50 al.—So with ut and si:
utine adveniens vomitum excutias mulieri?
Plaut. Merc. 3, 3, 15; id. Rud. 4, 4, 19:
sin, saluti quod tibi esse censeo, id. consuadeo,
id. Merc. 1, 2, 32.—
(γ).
In indirect interrogations, with subj., whether:
ut videamus, satisne ista sit justa defectio,
Cic. Ac. 1, 12, 43:
Publilius iturusne sit in Africam et quando, ex Aledio scire poteris,
id. Att. 12, 24, 1:
videto vasa, multane sient,
Cato, R. R. 1:
quem imitari possimusne, ipse liber erit indicio,
Varr. L. L. 7, § 4 Müll.; cf. id. ib. 10, § 9.—
(δ).
Sometimes affixed to an interrogative pronoun, Plaut. Cist. 4, 1, 2:
quone malo mentem concussa? Timore deorum,
Hor. S. 2, 3, 295; cf.:
uterne Ad casus dubios fidet sibi certius?
id. ib. 2, 2, 107; and:
illa rogare: Quantane?
id. ib. 2, 3, 317.—
(ε).
-ne is sometimes used for nonne, where an affirmative reply is expected:
misine ego ad te epistulam?
Plaut. Bacch. 3, 6, 22; id. Trin. 1, 2, 92; 99; id. Most. 2, 1, 15:
rectene interpretor sententiam tuam,
Cic. Tusc. 3, 17, 37; id. Fin. 2, 32, 104.—
(ζ).
Rarely = num:
potestne virtus servire?
Cic. de Or. 1, 52, 226:
potesne dicere?
id. Tusc. 1, 27, 67; id. Sen. 16, 56.—
b.
With an, annon, or anne, in the second interrogation, v. an.—With necne, v. neque.—Sometimes pleonastic with utrum, followed by an (mostly anteclass.):
est etiam illa distinctio, utrum illudne non videatur aegre ferendum... an, etc.,
Cic. Tusc. 4, 27, 59:
sed utrum strictimne attonsurum dicam esse an per pectinem, nescio,
Plaut. Capt. 2, 2, 18 Brix ad loc.; id. Most. 3, 1, 151; id. Bacch. 1, 1, 42; cf. Madv. Gram. § 452, obs. 1.—Sometimes, in the second interrogation, ne for an (mostly poet.):
Smyrna quid et Colophon? Majora minorane fama?
Hor. Ep. 1, 11, 3:
ut in incerto fuerit, vicissent victine essent,
Liv. 5, 28, 5:
cum interrogaretur, utrum pluris patrem matremne faceret,
Nep. Iphicr. 3, 4.
3.
nē, interj. (incorrectly written nae), = nai, nê, truly, verily, really, indeed (only joined with pers. pron. ego, tu, and with the demonstratives ille, iste, hic, and their advv.; in class, prose usually with a conditional clause).
I.
In gen.:
ne ego homo infelix fui, Qui non alas intervelli,
Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 169; cf.:
ne ego haud paulo hunc animum malim quam, etc.,
Cic. Tusc. 1, 42, 99:
ne ego, inquam, si ita est, velim tibi eum placere quam maxime,
id. Brut. 71, 249. So, ne tu, etc., id. Phil. 2, 2, 3; Ter. Eun. 2, 2, 54; Liv. 26, 6, 15: ne ille, Naev. ap. Non. 73, 18 (Trag. Rel. p. 9 v. 40 Rib.); Plaut. Ps. 3, 1, 3; Cic. Cat. 2, 3, 6:
ne iste,
Ter. And. 2, 1, 24; id. Heaut. 4, 1, 8 al.—
II.
Connected with other affirmative particles, as hercle, edepol, mecastor, medius fidius:
ne tu hercle,
Plaut. As. 2, 4, 6; id. Curc. 1, 3, 38: ne ille hercle, id. Bacch. 2, 3, 76:
edepol ne ego,
id. Men. 5, 5, 10:
edepol ne tu,
id. ib. 1, 2, 50:
ne ista edepol,
id. Am. 2, 2, 213:
ne istuc mecastor,
id. Men. 5, 1, 34 (729 Ritschl):
ne ille, medius fidius,
Cic. Tusc. 1, 30, 74; cf.:
medius fidius ne tu,
id. Att. 4, 4, 6, § 2.— Rarely with a pron. poss.:
edepol ne meam operam, etc.,
Ter. Hec. 5, 3, 1. (All passages in which ne stands in classic prose without a pronoun are probably corrupt; cf. Haase in Reisig's Vorles. p. 379 sq.; v. Liv. 26, 31, 10; 34, 4, 16 Weissenb.)

Lewis & Short latin dictionary > -ne
43 n'

1.
nē (old forms nei and ni; v. the foll.), adv. and conj., the primitive Latin negative particle, no, not; whereas the negative particle non is a derivative (v. non init.) [prob. of pronominal origin; cf. the Anglo-Saxon na and ne (Engl. no), whence naht (Engl. not) is derived; Sanscr. na, not].
I.
Adv., with a single word of a proposition (in early Latin): NE MINVS TRINVM NOVNDINVM, not less than, etc., S. C. de Bacch.; cf. with DVM NE MINVS SENATORIBVS C. ADESENT, twice in the same S. C.;
and in the form ni: DVM NI MINVS VIGINTI ADSIENT,
Inscr. Grut. 207, 3. So too:
DVM NE AMPLIOREM MODVM PRATORVM HABEANT QVAM, etc.,
Inscr. Orell. 3121 (Sententia de finibus inter Genuates et Viturios regundis lata A. U. C. 637). So, ne minores (verres) quam semestres, Varr. R. R. 2, 4, 21. In the time of Plautus the usage was unsettled, non and ne being used indifferently for simple negation; cf. Lorenz ad Plaut. Most. 105; Brix ad Plaut. Trin. 1156.—
2.
To this is allied the adverbial use of ne in all periods of the language.
a.
Ne... quidem, applies the negation with emphasis to the word between them, not even:
ne sues quidem id velint, non modo ipse,
Cic. Tusc. 1, 38, 92:
ne in oppidis quidem... ne in fanis quidem,
id. Verr. 2, 4, 1, § 2:
Philippus non item: itaque ne nos quidem,
id. Att. 14, 12, 2:
nulla ne minima quidem aura fluctus commovente,
id. Tusc. 5, 6, 16:
non potest dici satis, ne cogitari quidem, quantum, etc.,
id. Mil. 29, 78:
vita beata, quam ne in deo quidem esse censes, nisi, etc.,
id. N. D. 1, 24, 67:
ut in foro et in judicio... ne non timere quidem sine aliquo timore possimus,
id. Mil. 1, 2:
ne tondere quidem Vellera possunt,
Verg. G. 3, 561;
so after a negative, repeating it with emphasis: non enim praetereundum est ne id quidem,
Cic. Verr. 2, 1, 60, § 155:
nulla species ne excogitari quidem potest ornatior,
id. de Or. 3, 45, 179:
non praetermittam ne illud quidem,
id. Q. Fr. 2, 5, 2:
Caesar negat se ne Graeca quidem meliora legisse,
id. ib. 2, 16, 5:
numquam illum ne minima quidem re offendi,
id. Lael. 27, 103; Liv. 28, 42, 16; but when ne... quidem precedes, the negative of the principal verb is omitted:
sine quā ne intellegi quidem ulla virtus potest,
Cic. Tusc. 2, 13, 31:
neque enim ipsius quidem regis abhorrebat animus,
Liv. 29, 12, 10: ne quidem (with no intervening word), not even (late Lat.), Gai Inst. 1, 67; id. ib. 3, 93.—
b.
In composition, to make an absolute negation of the principal idea. So in neque and nequiquam; also in nescio and nevolo; and in nefas, nefandus, nepus (for non purus), nequeo, neuter, neutiquam; in nemo, nego, nihil, nullus, numquam, and nusquam; and, lastly, with a paragogic c before o: necopinans and neglego; negotium (i. e. nec-lego; nec-otium). —
B.
With a proposition (in all periods of the language, and exclusively),
1.
In imperative sentences, to signify that something must not be done.
(α).
With imper.: SI HOMINEM FVLMEN IOVIS OCCISIT, NE SVPRA GENVA TOLLITOR, let him not be raised, Leg. Reg.: HOMINEM MORTVVM IN VRBE NE SEPELITO NEVE VRITO, Fragm. XII. Tab. ap. Cic. Leg. 2, 23; cf.: MVLIERES GENAS NE RADVNTO NEVE LESSVM FVNERIS ERGO HABENTO, ib.: SI NOLET, ARCERAM NE STERNITO, let him not spread, he need not spread, ib. (cf. Gell. 20, 1, 25):
VECTIGAL INVITEI DARE NEI DEBENTO,
Inscr. Orell. 3121; cf.
art. ni, II.: abi, ne jura: satis credo,
Plaut. Pers. 4, 3, 20; 4, 5, 5:
ah, ne saevi tantopere,
Ter. And. 5, 2, 27:
impius ne audeto placare donis iram deorum,
Cic. Leg. 2, 9, 22:
ne, pueri, ne tanta animis assuescite bella,
Verg. A. 6, 832.—
(β).
With subj.:
ne me moveatis,
Plaut. Mil. 4, 9, 1:
si certum est facere, facias: verum ne post conferas Culpam in me,
Ter. Eun. 2, 3, 96:
si denique veritas extorquebit, ne repugnetis,
Cic. Clu. 2, 6:
ne pudori Sit tibi Musa lyrae sollers,
Hor. A. P. 406.—
2.
In wishes and asseverations: ne id Juppiter Opt. Max. sineret, etc., might Jupiter forbid it! etc., Liv. 4, 2; cf.:
ne istuc Juppiter Opt. Max. sirit, etc.,
id. 28, 28.—With utinam: utinam ne in nemore Pelio securibus Caesa accedisset abiegna ad terram trabes, would that not, Enn. ap. Cic. Top. 16, 61 (Trag. v. 280 Vahl.): utinam ne umquam, Mede Colchis cupido corde pedem extulisses, Enn ap. Non. 297, 18 (Trag. v. 311 ib.):
illud utinam ne vere scriberem!
Cic. Fam. 5, 17, 3; v. utinam.—With si:
ne vivam, si scio,
may I not live, may I die, if I know, Cic. Att. 4, 16, 8:
sed ne vivam, si tibi concedo,
id. Fam. 7, 23, 19:
ne sim salvus, si aliter scribo ac sentio,
id. ib. 16, 13, 1.—
3.
In concessive and restrictive clauses (conceived as softened commands; cf. II. init.).
(α).
In concessions, nemo is, inquies, umquam fuit. Ne fuerit:
ego enim, etc.,
there may not have been; suppose there was not, Cic. Or. 29, 101; cf.:
pugnes omnino, sed cum adversario facili. Ne sit sane: videri certe potest,
id. Ac. 2, 26, 85; 2, 32, 102:
ne sit sane summum malum dolor: malum certe est,
id. Tusc. 2, 5, 14:
ne sint in senectute vires: ne postulantur quidem vires a senectute,
id. Sen. 11, 34:
ne sit igitur sol, ne luna, ne stellae, quoniam nihil esse potest, nisi quod attigimus aut vidimus,
id. N. D. 1, 31, 88; Liv. 31, 7:
nec porro malum, quo aut oppressus jaceas, aut, ne opprimare, mente vix constes?
though you be not crushed; supposing you are not crushed, Cic. Tusc. 4, 17, 39.—
(β).
In restrictive clauses:
sint sane liberales ex sociorum fortunis, sint misericordes in furibus aerarii, ne illi sanguinem nostrum largiantur, etc.,
only let them not; if they only will not, Sall. C. 52, 12. So, dum ne, dummodo ne, modo ne, and dum quidem ne; v. dum and modo: me vero nihil istorum ne juvenem quidem movit umquam: ne nunc senem, much less now I am old = nedum, Cic. Fam. 9, 26, 2; cf.:
vix incedo inanis, ne ire posse cum onere existumes,
Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 174: scuta si homines inviti dant, etsi ad salutem communem dari sentiunt: ne quem putetis sine maximo dolore argentum caelatum domo protulisse, much less can you suppose, etc., Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 23, § 52; Liv. 3, 52.—
4.
In clauses which denote a purpose or result.
a.
Ut ne, that not, lest, so that not (very rare after the August. period; in Livy only in a few doubtful passages; in Cæsar, Seneca, and Tacitus not at all; v. under II.): quos ego ope meā Pro incertis certos... Dimitto, ut ne res temere tractent turbidas, Enn. ap. Cic. de Or. 1, 45, 199 (Trag v. 189 Vahl.): vestem ut ne inquinet, Plaut. Capt. 2, 2, 17. pergunt turbare usque, ut ne quid possit conquiescere, id. Most. 5, 1, 12:
haec mihi nunc cura est maxima, ut ne cui meae Longinquitas aetatis obstet,
Ter. Hec. 4, 2, 19:
ego, pol, te ulciscar, ut ne impune nos illuseris,
id. Eun. 5, 4, 19:
excitandam esse animadversionem et diligentiam, ut ne quid inconsiderate negligenterque agamus,
Cic. Off. 1, 29, 103:
equidem soleo dare operam, ut de suā quisque re me ipse doceat, et, ut ne quis alius assit, quo, etc.,
id. de Or. 2, 24, 102.—
b.
Ut... ne separated:
quam plurimis de rebus ad me velim scribas, ut prorsus ne quid ignorem,
Cic. Att. 3, 10, 3:
ut causae communi salutique ne deessent,
id. Verr. 2, 4, 63, § 140:
lata lex est, ne auspicia valerent, ut omnibus fastis diebus legem ferri liceret: ut lex Aelia, lex Fufia ne valeret,
id. Sest. 15, 33; id. N. D. 1, 7, 17:
vos orant atque obsecrant, judices, ut in actore causae suae deligendo vestrum judicium ab suo judicio ne discrepet,
id. Div. in Caecil. 4, 14.—
c.
Qui ne, quo ne, and quomodo ne (ante- and post-class. for ut ne):
ego id agam, mihi qui ne detur,
Ter. And. 2, 1, 35:
moxque ad aram, quo ne hostis dolum persentisceret, aversusque a duce assistit,
Dict. Cret. 4, 11: quaeritis maximis sumptibus faciendis, quomodo ne tributa conferatis, Gr. hôs mê, Rutil. Lup. 1, 9.
II.
In the several uses of the adv. ne, described above, the transition to its use to connect clauses is clearly seen (v. esp. I. B. 3. and 4.). In intentional clauses, and after verbs of fearing and avoiding, ne becomes a conjunction.
A.
In intentional clauses for ut ne, that not, lest: nolite, hospites, ad me adire: ilico isti! Ne contagio mea bonis umbrave obsit, approach me not; let not my presence harm you, i. e. lest my presence should harm you, Enn. ap. Cic. Tusc. 3, 12, 26 (Trag. v. 405 Vahl.):
omitto innumerabiles viros, quorum singuli saluti huic civitati fuerunt... ne quis se aut suorum aliquem praetermissum queratur,
Cic. Rep. 1, 1, 1; 1, 7, 12; 1, 5, 9:
Caesarem complexus obsecrare coepit, ne quid gravius in fratrem statueret,
Caes. B. G. 1, 20.—Esp. after verbs expressing forethought, care, etc.:
vide sis, ne quid imprudens ruas,
Ter. Heaut. 2, 3, 128:
considera, ne in alienissimum tempus cadat adventus tuus,
Cic. Fam. 15, 14, 4:
Cocceius, vide, ne frustretur,
Cic. Att. 12, 18, 3 et saep.—
B.
After verbs signifying to fear, frighten, etc. (esp. metuo, timeo, vereor, horreo, paveo, terreo, conterreo; also, timor est, metus est, spes est, periculum est), to express the wish that something may not take place; represented in English by that (because in English the particle depends on the idea of fearing, not of wishing):
metuo et timeo, ne hoc tandem propalam flat,
that it will be discovered, Plaut. Mil. 4, 8, 38:
timeo ne malefacta mea sint inventa omnia,
id. Truc. 4, 2, 61:
vereor ne quid Andria apportet mali,
Ter. And. 1, 1, 46:
metuebat ne indicarent,
Cic. Mil. 21, 57:
mater cruciatur et sollicita est, ne filium spoliatum omni dignitate conspiciat,
id. Mur. 41, 88:
hic ne quid mihi prorogetur, horreo,
id. Att. 5, 21, 3:
id paves, ne ducas tu illam, tu autem ut ducas,
Ter. And. 2, 2, 12:
esse metus coepit, ne, etc.,
Ov. M. 7, 715:
terruit gentīs, grave ne rediret Saeculum Pyrrhae,
Hor. C. 1, 2, 5:
non periclumst, nequid recte monstres,
Plaut. Ps. 1, 3, 55:
pavor ceperat milites, ne mortiferum esset vulnus,
Liv. 24, 42 —
b.
When the dependent clause is negative, with non or nihil, that not:
vereor ne exercitum firmum habere non possit,
Cic. Att. 7, 12, 2:
unum vereor ne senatus Pompeium nolit dimittere,
id. ib. 5, 18, 1:
timeo ne non impetrem,
id. ib. 9, 6, 6; id. Tusc. 1, 31, 76.—
c.
With the negative before the verb:
non vereor, ne quid temere facias,
Cic. Fam. 2, 7, 1; 2, 1, 4:
timere non debeo, ne non iste illā cruce dignus judicetur,
id. Verr. 2, 5, 67, § 171.—
C.
After verbs signifying to avoid, warn, hinder, forbid, refuse (caveo, impedio, resisto, interdico, refuto, rarely veto), instead of the simple object, that not, lest:
qui cavet, ne decipiatur, etc.,
Plaut. Capt. 2, 2, 5:
cavete, judices, ne nova proscriptio instaurata esse videatur,
Cic. Rosc. Am. 53, 153; id. Fam. 3, 12, 4;
v. caveo: casus quidam ne facerem impedivit,
Cic. Fat. 1, 1:
unus ne caperetur urbs causa fuit,
Liv. 34, 39. [p. 1194]
2.
- nĕ (also apocopated n' and only n), interrog. and enclit. part. [weakened from nē]. It simply inquires, without implying either that a negative or an affirmative reply is expected (cf. num, nonne), and emphasizes the word to which it is joined;
which is always, in classic Latin, the first word of the clause (ante- class. after other words: sine dote uxoremne?
Plaut. Trin. 2, 2, 94; 1, 2, 141; id. As. 5, 2, 78; id. Mil. 3, 1, 92). In direct questions it is translated by giving an interrogative form to the sentence; in indirect interrogations by whether.
(α).
In direct interrogations, with indic.:
meministine me in senatu dicere? etc.,
Cic. Cat. 1, 3, 7:
potestne rerum major esse dissensio?
id. Fin. 3, 13, 44:
tune id veritus es?
id. Q. Fr. 1, 3, 1:
jamne vides, belua, jamne sentis? etc.,
id. Pis. 1, 1:
quid, si etiam falsum illud omnino est? tamenne ista tam absurda defendes?
id. N. D. 1, 29, 81; cf. id. Rosc. Am. 15, 44:
quiane auxilio juvat ante levatos?
Verg. A. 4, 538:
tun' te audes Sosiam esse dicere?
Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 217:
valuistin?
id. Trin. 1, 2, 12.—After an elided s:
satin habes, si feminarum nulla'st: quam aeque diligam?
Plaut. Am. 1, 3, 11:
pergin autem?
id. ib. 1, 3, 41:
vin commutemus?
id. Trin. 1, 2, 21 al. —
(β).
Esp. with rel. pron.; ellipt.: quemne ego servavi? i. e. do you mean the one whom? etc., Plaut. Mil. 1, 1, 13: quodne vobis placeat, displiceat mihi? can it be that what pleases? etc., id. ib. 3, 1, 19; id. Merc. 3, 3, 12; id. Am. 2, 2, 65;
so quin for quine,
id. Trin. 2, 2, 79 Brix ad loc.; id. Bacch. 2, 3, 98; id. Most. 3, 2, 50 al.—So with ut and si:
utine adveniens vomitum excutias mulieri?
Plaut. Merc. 3, 3, 15; id. Rud. 4, 4, 19:
sin, saluti quod tibi esse censeo, id. consuadeo,
id. Merc. 1, 2, 32.—
(γ).
In indirect interrogations, with subj., whether:
ut videamus, satisne ista sit justa defectio,
Cic. Ac. 1, 12, 43:
Publilius iturusne sit in Africam et quando, ex Aledio scire poteris,
id. Att. 12, 24, 1:
videto vasa, multane sient,
Cato, R. R. 1:
quem imitari possimusne, ipse liber erit indicio,
Varr. L. L. 7, § 4 Müll.; cf. id. ib. 10, § 9.—
(δ).
Sometimes affixed to an interrogative pronoun, Plaut. Cist. 4, 1, 2:
quone malo mentem concussa? Timore deorum,
Hor. S. 2, 3, 295; cf.:
uterne Ad casus dubios fidet sibi certius?
id. ib. 2, 2, 107; and:
illa rogare: Quantane?
id. ib. 2, 3, 317.—
(ε).
-ne is sometimes used for nonne, where an affirmative reply is expected:
misine ego ad te epistulam?
Plaut. Bacch. 3, 6, 22; id. Trin. 1, 2, 92; 99; id. Most. 2, 1, 15:
rectene interpretor sententiam tuam,
Cic. Tusc. 3, 17, 37; id. Fin. 2, 32, 104.—
(ζ).
Rarely = num:
potestne virtus servire?
Cic. de Or. 1, 52, 226:
potesne dicere?
id. Tusc. 1, 27, 67; id. Sen. 16, 56.—
b.
With an, annon, or anne, in the second interrogation, v. an.—With necne, v. neque.—Sometimes pleonastic with utrum, followed by an (mostly anteclass.):
est etiam illa distinctio, utrum illudne non videatur aegre ferendum... an, etc.,
Cic. Tusc. 4, 27, 59:
sed utrum strictimne attonsurum dicam esse an per pectinem, nescio,
Plaut. Capt. 2, 2, 18 Brix ad loc.; id. Most. 3, 1, 151; id. Bacch. 1, 1, 42; cf. Madv. Gram. § 452, obs. 1.—Sometimes, in the second interrogation, ne for an (mostly poet.):
Smyrna quid et Colophon? Majora minorane fama?
Hor. Ep. 1, 11, 3:
ut in incerto fuerit, vicissent victine essent,
Liv. 5, 28, 5:
cum interrogaretur, utrum pluris patrem matremne faceret,
Nep. Iphicr. 3, 4.
3.
nē, interj. (incorrectly written nae), = nai, nê, truly, verily, really, indeed (only joined with pers. pron. ego, tu, and with the demonstratives ille, iste, hic, and their advv.; in class, prose usually with a conditional clause).
I.
In gen.:
ne ego homo infelix fui, Qui non alas intervelli,
Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 169; cf.:
ne ego haud paulo hunc animum malim quam, etc.,
Cic. Tusc. 1, 42, 99:
ne ego, inquam, si ita est, velim tibi eum placere quam maxime,
id. Brut. 71, 249. So, ne tu, etc., id. Phil. 2, 2, 3; Ter. Eun. 2, 2, 54; Liv. 26, 6, 15: ne ille, Naev. ap. Non. 73, 18 (Trag. Rel. p. 9 v. 40 Rib.); Plaut. Ps. 3, 1, 3; Cic. Cat. 2, 3, 6:
ne iste,
Ter. And. 2, 1, 24; id. Heaut. 4, 1, 8 al.—
II.
Connected with other affirmative particles, as hercle, edepol, mecastor, medius fidius:
ne tu hercle,
Plaut. As. 2, 4, 6; id. Curc. 1, 3, 38: ne ille hercle, id. Bacch. 2, 3, 76:
edepol ne ego,
id. Men. 5, 5, 10:
edepol ne tu,
id. ib. 1, 2, 50:
ne ista edepol,
id. Am. 2, 2, 213:
ne istuc mecastor,
id. Men. 5, 1, 34 (729 Ritschl):
ne ille, medius fidius,
Cic. Tusc. 1, 30, 74; cf.:
medius fidius ne tu,
id. Att. 4, 4, 6, § 2.— Rarely with a pron. poss.:
edepol ne meam operam, etc.,
Ter. Hec. 5, 3, 1. (All passages in which ne stands in classic prose without a pronoun are probably corrupt; cf. Haase in Reisig's Vorles. p. 379 sq.; v. Liv. 26, 31, 10; 34, 4, 16 Weissenb.)

Lewis & Short latin dictionary > n'
44 ne

1.
nē (old forms nei and ni; v. the foll.), adv. and conj., the primitive Latin negative particle, no, not; whereas the negative particle non is a derivative (v. non init.) [prob. of pronominal origin; cf. the Anglo-Saxon na and ne (Engl. no), whence naht (Engl. not) is derived; Sanscr. na, not].
I.
Adv., with a single word of a proposition (in early Latin): NE MINVS TRINVM NOVNDINVM, not less than, etc., S. C. de Bacch.; cf. with DVM NE MINVS SENATORIBVS C. ADESENT, twice in the same S. C.;
and in the form ni: DVM NI MINVS VIGINTI ADSIENT,
Inscr. Grut. 207, 3. So too:
DVM NE AMPLIOREM MODVM PRATORVM HABEANT QVAM, etc.,
Inscr. Orell. 3121 (Sententia de finibus inter Genuates et Viturios regundis lata A. U. C. 637). So, ne minores (verres) quam semestres, Varr. R. R. 2, 4, 21. In the time of Plautus the usage was unsettled, non and ne being used indifferently for simple negation; cf. Lorenz ad Plaut. Most. 105; Brix ad Plaut. Trin. 1156.—
2.
To this is allied the adverbial use of ne in all periods of the language.
a.
Ne... quidem, applies the negation with emphasis to the word between them, not even:
ne sues quidem id velint, non modo ipse,
Cic. Tusc. 1, 38, 92:
ne in oppidis quidem... ne in fanis quidem,
id. Verr. 2, 4, 1, § 2:
Philippus non item: itaque ne nos quidem,
id. Att. 14, 12, 2:
nulla ne minima quidem aura fluctus commovente,
id. Tusc. 5, 6, 16:
non potest dici satis, ne cogitari quidem, quantum, etc.,
id. Mil. 29, 78:
vita beata, quam ne in deo quidem esse censes, nisi, etc.,
id. N. D. 1, 24, 67:
ut in foro et in judicio... ne non timere quidem sine aliquo timore possimus,
id. Mil. 1, 2:
ne tondere quidem Vellera possunt,
Verg. G. 3, 561;
so after a negative, repeating it with emphasis: non enim praetereundum est ne id quidem,
Cic. Verr. 2, 1, 60, § 155:
nulla species ne excogitari quidem potest ornatior,
id. de Or. 3, 45, 179:
non praetermittam ne illud quidem,
id. Q. Fr. 2, 5, 2:
Caesar negat se ne Graeca quidem meliora legisse,
id. ib. 2, 16, 5:
numquam illum ne minima quidem re offendi,
id. Lael. 27, 103; Liv. 28, 42, 16; but when ne... quidem precedes, the negative of the principal verb is omitted:
sine quā ne intellegi quidem ulla virtus potest,
Cic. Tusc. 2, 13, 31:
neque enim ipsius quidem regis abhorrebat animus,
Liv. 29, 12, 10: ne quidem (with no intervening word), not even (late Lat.), Gai Inst. 1, 67; id. ib. 3, 93.—
b.
In composition, to make an absolute negation of the principal idea. So in neque and nequiquam; also in nescio and nevolo; and in nefas, nefandus, nepus (for non purus), nequeo, neuter, neutiquam; in nemo, nego, nihil, nullus, numquam, and nusquam; and, lastly, with a paragogic c before o: necopinans and neglego; negotium (i. e. nec-lego; nec-otium). —
B.
With a proposition (in all periods of the language, and exclusively),
1.
In imperative sentences, to signify that something must not be done.
(α).
With imper.: SI HOMINEM FVLMEN IOVIS OCCISIT, NE SVPRA GENVA TOLLITOR, let him not be raised, Leg. Reg.: HOMINEM MORTVVM IN VRBE NE SEPELITO NEVE VRITO, Fragm. XII. Tab. ap. Cic. Leg. 2, 23; cf.: MVLIERES GENAS NE RADVNTO NEVE LESSVM FVNERIS ERGO HABENTO, ib.: SI NOLET, ARCERAM NE STERNITO, let him not spread, he need not spread, ib. (cf. Gell. 20, 1, 25):
VECTIGAL INVITEI DARE NEI DEBENTO,
Inscr. Orell. 3121; cf.
art. ni, II.: abi, ne jura: satis credo,
Plaut. Pers. 4, 3, 20; 4, 5, 5:
ah, ne saevi tantopere,
Ter. And. 5, 2, 27:
impius ne audeto placare donis iram deorum,
Cic. Leg. 2, 9, 22:
ne, pueri, ne tanta animis assuescite bella,
Verg. A. 6, 832.—
(β).
With subj.:
ne me moveatis,
Plaut. Mil. 4, 9, 1:
si certum est facere, facias: verum ne post conferas Culpam in me,
Ter. Eun. 2, 3, 96:
si denique veritas extorquebit, ne repugnetis,
Cic. Clu. 2, 6:
ne pudori Sit tibi Musa lyrae sollers,
Hor. A. P. 406.—
2.
In wishes and asseverations: ne id Juppiter Opt. Max. sineret, etc., might Jupiter forbid it! etc., Liv. 4, 2; cf.:
ne istuc Juppiter Opt. Max. sirit, etc.,
id. 28, 28.—With utinam: utinam ne in nemore Pelio securibus Caesa accedisset abiegna ad terram trabes, would that not, Enn. ap. Cic. Top. 16, 61 (Trag. v. 280 Vahl.): utinam ne umquam, Mede Colchis cupido corde pedem extulisses, Enn ap. Non. 297, 18 (Trag. v. 311 ib.):
illud utinam ne vere scriberem!
Cic. Fam. 5, 17, 3; v. utinam.—With si:
ne vivam, si scio,
may I not live, may I die, if I know, Cic. Att. 4, 16, 8:
sed ne vivam, si tibi concedo,
id. Fam. 7, 23, 19:
ne sim salvus, si aliter scribo ac sentio,
id. ib. 16, 13, 1.—
3.
In concessive and restrictive clauses (conceived as softened commands; cf. II. init.).
(α).
In concessions, nemo is, inquies, umquam fuit. Ne fuerit:
ego enim, etc.,
there may not have been; suppose there was not, Cic. Or. 29, 101; cf.:
pugnes omnino, sed cum adversario facili. Ne sit sane: videri certe potest,
id. Ac. 2, 26, 85; 2, 32, 102:
ne sit sane summum malum dolor: malum certe est,
id. Tusc. 2, 5, 14:
ne sint in senectute vires: ne postulantur quidem vires a senectute,
id. Sen. 11, 34:
ne sit igitur sol, ne luna, ne stellae, quoniam nihil esse potest, nisi quod attigimus aut vidimus,
id. N. D. 1, 31, 88; Liv. 31, 7:
nec porro malum, quo aut oppressus jaceas, aut, ne opprimare, mente vix constes?
though you be not crushed; supposing you are not crushed, Cic. Tusc. 4, 17, 39.—
(β).
In restrictive clauses:
sint sane liberales ex sociorum fortunis, sint misericordes in furibus aerarii, ne illi sanguinem nostrum largiantur, etc.,
only let them not; if they only will not, Sall. C. 52, 12. So, dum ne, dummodo ne, modo ne, and dum quidem ne; v. dum and modo: me vero nihil istorum ne juvenem quidem movit umquam: ne nunc senem, much less now I am old = nedum, Cic. Fam. 9, 26, 2; cf.:
vix incedo inanis, ne ire posse cum onere existumes,
Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 174: scuta si homines inviti dant, etsi ad salutem communem dari sentiunt: ne quem putetis sine maximo dolore argentum caelatum domo protulisse, much less can you suppose, etc., Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 23, § 52; Liv. 3, 52.—
4.
In clauses which denote a purpose or result.
a.
Ut ne, that not, lest, so that not (very rare after the August. period; in Livy only in a few doubtful passages; in Cæsar, Seneca, and Tacitus not at all; v. under II.): quos ego ope meā Pro incertis certos... Dimitto, ut ne res temere tractent turbidas, Enn. ap. Cic. de Or. 1, 45, 199 (Trag v. 189 Vahl.): vestem ut ne inquinet, Plaut. Capt. 2, 2, 17. pergunt turbare usque, ut ne quid possit conquiescere, id. Most. 5, 1, 12:
haec mihi nunc cura est maxima, ut ne cui meae Longinquitas aetatis obstet,
Ter. Hec. 4, 2, 19:
ego, pol, te ulciscar, ut ne impune nos illuseris,
id. Eun. 5, 4, 19:
excitandam esse animadversionem et diligentiam, ut ne quid inconsiderate negligenterque agamus,
Cic. Off. 1, 29, 103:
equidem soleo dare operam, ut de suā quisque re me ipse doceat, et, ut ne quis alius assit, quo, etc.,
id. de Or. 2, 24, 102.—
b.
Ut... ne separated:
quam plurimis de rebus ad me velim scribas, ut prorsus ne quid ignorem,
Cic. Att. 3, 10, 3:
ut causae communi salutique ne deessent,
id. Verr. 2, 4, 63, § 140:
lata lex est, ne auspicia valerent, ut omnibus fastis diebus legem ferri liceret: ut lex Aelia, lex Fufia ne valeret,
id. Sest. 15, 33; id. N. D. 1, 7, 17:
vos orant atque obsecrant, judices, ut in actore causae suae deligendo vestrum judicium ab suo judicio ne discrepet,
id. Div. in Caecil. 4, 14.—
c.
Qui ne, quo ne, and quomodo ne (ante- and post-class. for ut ne):
ego id agam, mihi qui ne detur,
Ter. And. 2, 1, 35:
moxque ad aram, quo ne hostis dolum persentisceret, aversusque a duce assistit,
Dict. Cret. 4, 11: quaeritis maximis sumptibus faciendis, quomodo ne tributa conferatis, Gr. hôs mê, Rutil. Lup. 1, 9.
II.
In the several uses of the adv. ne, described above, the transition to its use to connect clauses is clearly seen (v. esp. I. B. 3. and 4.). In intentional clauses, and after verbs of fearing and avoiding, ne becomes a conjunction.
A.
In intentional clauses for ut ne, that not, lest: nolite, hospites, ad me adire: ilico isti! Ne contagio mea bonis umbrave obsit, approach me not; let not my presence harm you, i. e. lest my presence should harm you, Enn. ap. Cic. Tusc. 3, 12, 26 (Trag. v. 405 Vahl.):
omitto innumerabiles viros, quorum singuli saluti huic civitati fuerunt... ne quis se aut suorum aliquem praetermissum queratur,
Cic. Rep. 1, 1, 1; 1, 7, 12; 1, 5, 9:
Caesarem complexus obsecrare coepit, ne quid gravius in fratrem statueret,
Caes. B. G. 1, 20.—Esp. after verbs expressing forethought, care, etc.:
vide sis, ne quid imprudens ruas,
Ter. Heaut. 2, 3, 128:
considera, ne in alienissimum tempus cadat adventus tuus,
Cic. Fam. 15, 14, 4:
Cocceius, vide, ne frustretur,
Cic. Att. 12, 18, 3 et saep.—
B.
After verbs signifying to fear, frighten, etc. (esp. metuo, timeo, vereor, horreo, paveo, terreo, conterreo; also, timor est, metus est, spes est, periculum est), to express the wish that something may not take place; represented in English by that (because in English the particle depends on the idea of fearing, not of wishing):
metuo et timeo, ne hoc tandem propalam flat,
that it will be discovered, Plaut. Mil. 4, 8, 38:
timeo ne malefacta mea sint inventa omnia,
id. Truc. 4, 2, 61:
vereor ne quid Andria apportet mali,
Ter. And. 1, 1, 46:
metuebat ne indicarent,
Cic. Mil. 21, 57:
mater cruciatur et sollicita est, ne filium spoliatum omni dignitate conspiciat,
id. Mur. 41, 88:
hic ne quid mihi prorogetur, horreo,
id. Att. 5, 21, 3:
id paves, ne ducas tu illam, tu autem ut ducas,
Ter. And. 2, 2, 12:
esse metus coepit, ne, etc.,
Ov. M. 7, 715:
terruit gentīs, grave ne rediret Saeculum Pyrrhae,
Hor. C. 1, 2, 5:
non periclumst, nequid recte monstres,
Plaut. Ps. 1, 3, 55:
pavor ceperat milites, ne mortiferum esset vulnus,
Liv. 24, 42 —
b.
When the dependent clause is negative, with non or nihil, that not:
vereor ne exercitum firmum habere non possit,
Cic. Att. 7, 12, 2:
unum vereor ne senatus Pompeium nolit dimittere,
id. ib. 5, 18, 1:
timeo ne non impetrem,
id. ib. 9, 6, 6; id. Tusc. 1, 31, 76.—
c.
With the negative before the verb:
non vereor, ne quid temere facias,
Cic. Fam. 2, 7, 1; 2, 1, 4:
timere non debeo, ne non iste illā cruce dignus judicetur,
id. Verr. 2, 5, 67, § 171.—
C.
After verbs signifying to avoid, warn, hinder, forbid, refuse (caveo, impedio, resisto, interdico, refuto, rarely veto), instead of the simple object, that not, lest:
qui cavet, ne decipiatur, etc.,
Plaut. Capt. 2, 2, 5:
cavete, judices, ne nova proscriptio instaurata esse videatur,
Cic. Rosc. Am. 53, 153; id. Fam. 3, 12, 4;
v. caveo: casus quidam ne facerem impedivit,
Cic. Fat. 1, 1:
unus ne caperetur urbs causa fuit,
Liv. 34, 39. [p. 1194]
2.
- nĕ (also apocopated n' and only n), interrog. and enclit. part. [weakened from nē]. It simply inquires, without implying either that a negative or an affirmative reply is expected (cf. num, nonne), and emphasizes the word to which it is joined;
which is always, in classic Latin, the first word of the clause (ante- class. after other words: sine dote uxoremne?
Plaut. Trin. 2, 2, 94; 1, 2, 141; id. As. 5, 2, 78; id. Mil. 3, 1, 92). In direct questions it is translated by giving an interrogative form to the sentence; in indirect interrogations by whether.
(α).
In direct interrogations, with indic.:
meministine me in senatu dicere? etc.,
Cic. Cat. 1, 3, 7:
potestne rerum major esse dissensio?
id. Fin. 3, 13, 44:
tune id veritus es?
id. Q. Fr. 1, 3, 1:
jamne vides, belua, jamne sentis? etc.,
id. Pis. 1, 1:
quid, si etiam falsum illud omnino est? tamenne ista tam absurda defendes?
id. N. D. 1, 29, 81; cf. id. Rosc. Am. 15, 44:
quiane auxilio juvat ante levatos?
Verg. A. 4, 538:
tun' te audes Sosiam esse dicere?
Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 217:
valuistin?
id. Trin. 1, 2, 12.—After an elided s:
satin habes, si feminarum nulla'st: quam aeque diligam?
Plaut. Am. 1, 3, 11:
pergin autem?
id. ib. 1, 3, 41:
vin commutemus?
id. Trin. 1, 2, 21 al. —
(β).
Esp. with rel. pron.; ellipt.: quemne ego servavi? i. e. do you mean the one whom? etc., Plaut. Mil. 1, 1, 13: quodne vobis placeat, displiceat mihi? can it be that what pleases? etc., id. ib. 3, 1, 19; id. Merc. 3, 3, 12; id. Am. 2, 2, 65;
so quin for quine,
id. Trin. 2, 2, 79 Brix ad loc.; id. Bacch. 2, 3, 98; id. Most. 3, 2, 50 al.—So with ut and si:
utine adveniens vomitum excutias mulieri?
Plaut. Merc. 3, 3, 15; id. Rud. 4, 4, 19:
sin, saluti quod tibi esse censeo, id. consuadeo,
id. Merc. 1, 2, 32.—
(γ).
In indirect interrogations, with subj., whether:
ut videamus, satisne ista sit justa defectio,
Cic. Ac. 1, 12, 43:
Publilius iturusne sit in Africam et quando, ex Aledio scire poteris,
id. Att. 12, 24, 1:
videto vasa, multane sient,
Cato, R. R. 1:
quem imitari possimusne, ipse liber erit indicio,
Varr. L. L. 7, § 4 Müll.; cf. id. ib. 10, § 9.—
(δ).
Sometimes affixed to an interrogative pronoun, Plaut. Cist. 4, 1, 2:
quone malo mentem concussa? Timore deorum,
Hor. S. 2, 3, 295; cf.:
uterne Ad casus dubios fidet sibi certius?
id. ib. 2, 2, 107; and:
illa rogare: Quantane?
id. ib. 2, 3, 317.—
(ε).
-ne is sometimes used for nonne, where an affirmative reply is expected:
misine ego ad te epistulam?
Plaut. Bacch. 3, 6, 22; id. Trin. 1, 2, 92; 99; id. Most. 2, 1, 15:
rectene interpretor sententiam tuam,
Cic. Tusc. 3, 17, 37; id. Fin. 2, 32, 104.—
(ζ).
Rarely = num:
potestne virtus servire?
Cic. de Or. 1, 52, 226:
potesne dicere?
id. Tusc. 1, 27, 67; id. Sen. 16, 56.—
b.
With an, annon, or anne, in the second interrogation, v. an.—With necne, v. neque.—Sometimes pleonastic with utrum, followed by an (mostly anteclass.):
est etiam illa distinctio, utrum illudne non videatur aegre ferendum... an, etc.,
Cic. Tusc. 4, 27, 59:
sed utrum strictimne attonsurum dicam esse an per pectinem, nescio,
Plaut. Capt. 2, 2, 18 Brix ad loc.; id. Most. 3, 1, 151; id. Bacch. 1, 1, 42; cf. Madv. Gram. § 452, obs. 1.—Sometimes, in the second interrogation, ne for an (mostly poet.):
Smyrna quid et Colophon? Majora minorane fama?
Hor. Ep. 1, 11, 3:
ut in incerto fuerit, vicissent victine essent,
Liv. 5, 28, 5:
cum interrogaretur, utrum pluris patrem matremne faceret,
Nep. Iphicr. 3, 4.
3.
nē, interj. (incorrectly written nae), = nai, nê, truly, verily, really, indeed (only joined with pers. pron. ego, tu, and with the demonstratives ille, iste, hic, and their advv.; in class, prose usually with a conditional clause).
I.
In gen.:
ne ego homo infelix fui, Qui non alas intervelli,
Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 169; cf.:
ne ego haud paulo hunc animum malim quam, etc.,
Cic. Tusc. 1, 42, 99:
ne ego, inquam, si ita est, velim tibi eum placere quam maxime,
id. Brut. 71, 249. So, ne tu, etc., id. Phil. 2, 2, 3; Ter. Eun. 2, 2, 54; Liv. 26, 6, 15: ne ille, Naev. ap. Non. 73, 18 (Trag. Rel. p. 9 v. 40 Rib.); Plaut. Ps. 3, 1, 3; Cic. Cat. 2, 3, 6:
ne iste,
Ter. And. 2, 1, 24; id. Heaut. 4, 1, 8 al.—
II.
Connected with other affirmative particles, as hercle, edepol, mecastor, medius fidius:
ne tu hercle,
Plaut. As. 2, 4, 6; id. Curc. 1, 3, 38: ne ille hercle, id. Bacch. 2, 3, 76:
edepol ne ego,
id. Men. 5, 5, 10:
edepol ne tu,
id. ib. 1, 2, 50:
ne ista edepol,
id. Am. 2, 2, 213:
ne istuc mecastor,
id. Men. 5, 1, 34 (729 Ritschl):
ne ille, medius fidius,
Cic. Tusc. 1, 30, 74; cf.:
medius fidius ne tu,
id. Att. 4, 4, 6, § 2.— Rarely with a pron. poss.:
edepol ne meam operam, etc.,
Ter. Hec. 5, 3, 1. (All passages in which ne stands in classic prose without a pronoun are probably corrupt; cf. Haase in Reisig's Vorles. p. 379 sq.; v. Liv. 26, 31, 10; 34, 4, 16 Weissenb.)

Lewis & Short latin dictionary > ne
45 tum

tum, adv. demonstr., of time [pronom. demonstr. stems to-, ta-; Gr. to, seen in ita, tam, etc.; cf. quom or cum], then.
I.
Absol.
A.
Referring to a time previously specified.
1.
To a definite past time.
(α).
To a period of time in which something was or happened (opp. later periods) = illis temporibus:
is dictu'st ollis popularibus olim Qui tum vivebant homines,
Enn. Ann. v. 308 Vahl.:
quod tum erat res in pecore et locorum possessionibus, i. e. Romuli temporibus,
Cic. Rep. 2, 9, 16:
cum illi male dicerent, quod tum fieri licebat, i. e. Periclis temporibus,
id. de Or. 3, 34, 138:
erat omnino tum mos ut faciles essent in suum cuique tribuendo,
id. Brut. 21, 85; cf. id. Tusc. 1, 46, 111:
vastae tum in his locis solitudines erant,
Liv. 1, 4, 6; 2, 6, 8; 3, 29, 3; 4, 6, 12; 42, 62, 11;
44, 9, 4: ut tum erant tempora,
Nep. Att. 1, 2; 12, 3; Liv. 1, 3, 3; 1, 8, 4; 2, 7, 4; 2, 9, 8; 2, 50, 2; 2, 63, 6;
39, 6, 7 and 9.—With illis temporibus: nam jam tum illis temporibus fortius... loquebantur quam pugnabant,
Nep. Thras. 2, 4.—
(β).
Referring to a point of time, then, at that time:
insigneita fere tum milia militum octo Duxit,
Enn. Ann. v. 336 Vahl.: ut jacui exsurgo;
ardere censui aedis: ita tum confulgebant,
Plaut. Am. 5, 1, 15:
jam duo restabant fata tum,
id. Bacch. 4, 9, 35; id. Cist. 1, 3, 14: quot eras annos gnatus tum, quom, etc.? Me Septuennis, nam tum dentes mihi cadebant primulum, id. Men. 5, 9, 56; id. Merc. prol. 66; id. Most. 1, 2, 49; id. Am. 2, 1, 56; Ter. And. 1, 1, 82: sic igitur tum se levis ac diffusilis aether... undique flexit. Lucr. 5, 467; 5, 837; 5, 911; 5, 432;
5, 942: atque huic anno proximus Sulla consule et Pompejo fuit. Tum P. Sulpicii in tribunatu, cottidie contionantis, totum genus dicendi cognovimus,
Cic. Brut. 89, 306; id. Ac. 2, 22, 69:
scribit Eudemum Pheras venisse, quae erat urbs in Thessalia tum admodum nobilis,
id. Div. 1, 25, 53; id. Rep. 2, 37, 63:
hi tum in Asia rhetorum principes,
id. Brut. 91, 316; id. Sest. 11, 26; id. Planc. 37, 90; id. Quint. 61, 170; id. Fam. 9, 21, 2:
hoc tum veritus Caesar Pharum prehendit,
Caes. B. C. 3, 112:
eodem anno a Campanis Cumae, quam Graeci tum urbem tenebant, capiuntur,
Liv. 4, 44, 13; 1, 7, 14; 2, 9, 5;
2, 37, 7: praetores tum duos Latium habebat,
id. 8, 3, 9:
Aemilius, cujus tum fasces erant, dictatorem dixit,
id. 8, 12, 13; 5, 8, 4; 22, 46, 6;
1, 7, 12: tum Athenis perpetui archontes esse desierunt,
Vell. 1, 8, 3:
tum Cimbri et Teutoni transcendere Rhenum,
id. 2, 8, 3; Val. Max. 1, 5, 3; Tac. H. 4, 49; 3, 57:
non timido, non ignavo cessare tum licuit,
Curt. 3, 11, 5:
Archiae, qui tum maximum magistratum Thebis obtinebat,
Nep. Pelop. 3, 2; id. Phoc. 3, 3.—With in eo tempore: eum quem virile secus tum in eo tempore habebat, Asell. ap. Gell. 2, 13, 5.—Repeated by anaphora:
quae nox omnium temporum conjurationis acerrima fuit. Tum Catilinae dies exeundi, tum ceteris manendi condicio, tum descriptio... constituta est, tum tuus pater, etc.,
Cic. Sull. 18, 52; cf. Lucr. 5, 1377; 5, 1399.—
(γ).
Esp., referring to a former state, implying that it no longer exists:
quaesivit ex lege illa Cornelia quae tum erat,
Cic. Clu. 20, 55:
cum sententias Oppianicus, quae tum erat potestas, palam ferri velle dixisset,
id. ib. 27, 75:
Caere, opulento tum oppido,
Liv. 1, 2, 3; 3, 52, 3:
praetores aerarii (nam tum a praetoribus tractabatur aerarium), etc.,
Tac. H. 4, 9.—
(δ).
Expressly opposed to present time (hodie, nunc, hoc tempore, etc.; class. and very freq.; but in post-Aug. writers tunc is regularly used): prius non is eras qui eras;
nunc is factu's qui tum non eras,
Plaut. Trin. 4, 2, 138:
tu nunc tibi Id laudi ducis quod tum fecisti inopia?
Ter. Ad. 1, 2, 25; id. Hec. 3, 3, 48:
quae tabula, tum imperio tuo revulsa, nunc a me tamen reportata est,
Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 46, § 112:
tum imperator populi Romani deos patrios reportabat, nunc praetor ejusdem populi eosdem illos deos... auferebat,
id. ib. 2, 4, 35, § 77; cf. id. ib. 2, 4, 35, § 78; 2, 5, 20, § 51; id. Clu. 31, 86; id. Planc. 9, 22; id. Quint. 22, 71; id. Phil. 14, 8, 21; id. Leg. 2, 22, 57; Caes. B. C. 3, 17; Liv. 5, 3, 5; 6, 15, 11; 10, 9, 6.—
(ε).
Opposed to another time specified:
itaque tum eos exire jussit. Post autem e provincia litteras ad conlegium misit, se, etc.,
Cic. N. D. 2, 4, 11:
itaque ut tum carere rege, sic pulso Tarquinio nomen regis audire non poterat,
id. Rep. 2, 30, 53; id. Mil. 21, 55:
sicut legatorum antea, ita tum novorum colonorum caede imbutis armis,
Liv. 4, 31, 7; 39, 22, 10; 9, 36, 1; 2, 52, 7; 4, 2, 10; 4, 57, 11;
21, 17, 1: et tum sicca, prius celeberrima fontibus, Ide,
Ov. M. 2, 218; Verg. A. 11, 33; Nep. Arist. 2, 3; id. Ham. 11, 7.—
(ζ).
In the historians in applying general statements or truths to the state of affairs spoken of: communi enim fit vitio naturae ut invisis atque incognitis rebus... vehementius exterreamur;
ut tum accidit,
Caes. B. C. 2, 4; 3, 68; id. B. G. 7, 3; 2, 6; id. B. C. 1, 80:
foedera alia aliis legibus, ceterum eodem modo omnia fiunt. Tum ita factum accepimus,
Liv. 1, 24, 4; 1, 32, 14; 21, 31, 12.—
(η).
Denoting coincidence or inner connection with an action before mentioned = a temporal clause (tum = cum hoc fieret), then, on that occasion:
quis tum non ingemuit?
Cic. Vatin. 13, 31:
ne tum quidem hominum venustatem et facetias perspicere potuisti? i. e. cum coronam auream imponebant,
id. Fl. 31, 76: apud imperitos tum illa dicta sunt;
nunc agendum est subtilius,
id. Fin. 4, 27, 74:
itaque tum Stajenus condemnatus est,
i. e. in that trial, id. Clu. 36, 101; id. Sen. 7, 22:
M. Porcius Cato qui, asper ingenio, tum lenem mitemque senatorem egit,
Liv. 45, 25; Val. Max. 8, 3, 3:
sed tum supplicia dis... decernuntur,
Tac. A. 3, 64; 3, 72:
Graecia tum potuit Priamo quoque flenda videri,
Ov. M. 14, 474.—
With the occasion referred to specified in the same clause: Manlius... ex petulanti scurra in discordiis civitatis ad eam columnam tum suffragiis populi pervenerat,
Cic. Clu. 13, 39:
emisti tum in naufragio hujus urbis... tum, inquam, emisti ut, etc.,
id. Prov. Cons. 4, 7.—Repeated by anaphora: et Capitolinis injecit sedibus ignes. Tum statua Nattae, tum simulacra deorum, Romulusque et Remus cum altrice belua vi fulminis icti conciderunt, Cic. Div. 2, 20, 45;
so repeated seven times,
id. Rep. 1, 40, 62.—
(θ).
Redundant, the time of the action being clear without it (esp. in Cic.):
atque hoc tum judicio facto... tamen Avitus Oppianicum reum statim non facit,
Cic. Clu. 20, 56:
itaque tum ille inopia et necessitate coactus ad Caepasios confugit,
id. ib. 20, 57; id. Brut. 23, 90; 39, 145; 43, 161; cf. id. Sull. 18, 51, where tum redundant occurs six times successively.—
2.
In oblique discourse, referring to the time of the speaker, = nunc in direct discourse:
quando autem se, si tum non sint, pares hostibus fore?
if they were not now so, Liv. 3, 62, 1:
(dixit Sempronius)... nec tum agrum plebi, sed sibi invidiam quaeri,
id. 4, 44, 9; 4, 57, 4:
moenia eos tum transcendere non Italiae modo, sed etiam urbis Romanae,
id. 21, 35, 9; 5, 21, 7 (in this use nunc is also freq.).—
3.
Referring to indefinite time.
(α).
Then, at such a time of the year, day, etc., at such a season:
tum denique tauros in gregem redigo (after Lyra rises),
Varr. R. R. 2, 5, 12; 1, 35 fin.; Col. 11, 2, 87.—
(β).
With the force of an indefinite temporal clause, at such a time, in such circumstances, i. e. when such a thing happens as has happened:
qui (porci) a partu decimo die habentur puri, ab eo appellantur sacres, quod tum ad sacrificium idonei habentur primum,
Varr. R. R. 2, 4, 16; 2, 7, 13:
deinde cibum sequitur somnus... quia plurima tum se corpora conturbant (i. e. cum cibum ceperunt),
Lucr. 4, 957; 3, 599; 4, 892; 4, 919;
4, 1030: quam regionem cum superavit animus... finem altius se efferendi facit. Tum enim sui similem et levitatem et calorem adeptus... nullam in partem movetur,
Cic. Tusc. 1, 19, 43; 1, 31, 75; 3, 23, 55; 4, 24, 54; Tac. Dial. 7.—
(γ).
With the force of a conditional clause, then, in this instance, if so: immo res omnis relictas habeo prae quod tu velis. Ph. Tum tu igitur, qua causa missus es ad portum, id expedi (i. e. si ita est), Plaut. Stich. 2, 2, 39; id. Most. 5, 1, 55; id. As. 1, 1, 93; 2, 2, 64; 3, 3, 36; id. Aul. 3, 6, 31; id. Capt. 3, 4, 108; 4, 2, 78: non potitus essem;
fuisset tum illos mi aegre aliquot dies,
Ter. Phorm. 1, 3, 7; id. Eun. 2, 2, 50; 5, 1, 23; id. Hec. 3, 5, 12:
ego C. Caesaris laudibus desim, quas, etc.? Tum hercule me confitear non judicium aliquod habuisse,
Cic. Planc. 39, 93: scribant aliquid Isocrateo more...;
tum illos existimabo non desperatione formidavisse genus hoc,
id. Or. 70, 235; id. Font. 21, 49 (17, 39); id. Tusc. 1, 35, 85; id. Fam. 9, 8, 2; Ov. H. 18 (19), 81: vellem tam ferax saeculum haberemus...;
tum ego te primus hortarer, etc.,
Plin. Ep. 4, 15, 8.—
4.
Referring to future time.
(α).
To a definite time before mentioned:
ut sit satius perdere Quam aut nunc manere tam diu, aut tum persequi,
i. e. after my future return, Ter. Ad. 2, 2, 27:
jam nunc mente prospicio quae tum studia hominum, qui concursus futuri sint,
Cic. Div. in Caecin. 13, 42; id. Verr. 1, 13, 37; 1, 10, 30; id. Prov. Cons. 7, 17; id. Marcell. 9, 30:
tum meae... Vocis accedet bona pars,
Hor. C. 4, 2, 45.—
(β).
With the force of a conditional clause (cf. 3. b, supra), then, in this instance, if so: specta, tum scies. Plaut. Bacch. 4, 9, 100; cf.:
quom videbis, tum scies,
id. ib. 1, 2, 37: tuom incendes genus;
Tum igitur aquae erit tibi cupido, etc.,
id. Trin. 3, 2, 50; id. Curc. 2, 3, 17:
confer sudantes, ructantes, refertos epulis... tum intelleges, etc.,
Cic. Tusc. 5, 34, 100; id. Planc. 18, 45; id. Phil. 2, 45, 115:
agedum, dictatorem creemus... Pulset tum mihi lictorem qui sciet, etc.,
Liv. 2, 29, 12; Cic. Phil. 10, 3, 6; id. Or. 23, 78; 71, 235; Liv. 4, 22, 11; 5, 16, 10; 9, 11, 4.—
B.
Referring to a time subsequent to a time mentioned, then, thereupon.
1.
Simple sequence in time.
(α).
Time proper (only of an immediate sequence;
otherwise deinde, postea, etc., are used): tum cum corde suo divum pater atque hominum rex Effatur, etc.,
Enn. Ann. 179:
dico ei quo pactod eam viderim erilem nostram filiam sustollere. Extimuit tum illa,
Plaut. Cist. 2, 3, 9; id. Bacch. 3, 3, 29; id. As. 4, 1, 58: tum ille egens forte adplicat Primum ad Chrysidis patrem se. Ter. And. 5, 4, 21; id. Eun. 3, 1, 17; Cato, R. R. 48 (49); 135 (136); so id. ib. 112 (113): equos quinto anno... amittere binos (dentes);
tum renascentes eis sexto anno impleri,
Varr. R. R. 2, 7, 2 sq.: collo [p. 1909] cari jussit hominem in aureo lecto, abacosque complures ornavit... Tum ad mensam eximia forma pueros jussit consistere, eosque, etc., Cic. Tusc. 5, 21, 61:
dixerat hoc ille, cum puer nuntiavit venire ad eum Laelium... Tum Scipio e cubiculo est egressus, etc.,
id. Rep. 1, 12, 18; id. Div. 2, 66, 135; id. Clu. 14, 40; id. Cat. 3, 5, 10; id. Ac. 2, 5, 13; id. Div. 1, 35, 77:
hostes suos ab oppugnatione reduxerunt. Tum suo more conclamaverunt ut, etc.,
Caes. B. G. 5, 26; cf. id. ib. 7, 64; 5, 43 fin.;
5, 48: adsurgentem ibi regem cuspide ad terram adfixit. Tum spolia caputque abscisum spiculo gerens... hostes fudit,
Liv. 4, 19, 5; 5, 21, 1; 1, 26, 9; 1, 18, 10; 1, 20, 1; 1, 22, 6; 1, 28, 4; 1, 28, 9; 2, 24, 4;
3, 8, 11, etc.: tum Caesar cum exercitu Thessaliam petit,
Vell. 2, 52, 1; Val. Max. 5, 1, 3; Curt. 4, 3, 7; Tac. A. 3, 28; 11, 35; id. H. 4, 84; Ov. M. 2, 122; 4, 80; 7, 121; 10, 481; 14, 386; Flor. 1, 13, 12; Gell. 1, 19, 5; 1, 23, 5.—
(β).
In partic., foll. by an abl. absol.:
tum, prope jam perculsis aliis tribunis, A. Verginius Caesoni capitis diem dicit,
Liv. 3, 11, 9; 8, 32, 1; 10, 29, 12:
tum omni spe perdita, Meherdates dolo ejus vincitur, traditurque victori,
Tac. A. 12, 15; 12, 16:
tum, ferro extracto, confestim exanimatus est,
Nep. Epam. 9, 4.—
(γ).
Implying a connection between two events, hence, under these circumstances, accordingly, thereupon:
at pater omnipotens ira tum percitus acri... Phaethonta... Deturbavit in terram,
Lucr. 5, 399:
madefactum iri Graeciam sanguine... tum neque te ipsum non esse commotum, Marcumque Varronem et M. Catonem... vehementer esse perterritos,
Cic. Div. 1, 32, 68; cf. id. ib. 1, 34, 76; Caes. B. G. 4, 25; cf. id. ib. 5, 49; 5, 51;
7, 59: quippe quibus nec domi spes prolis, nec cum finitimis conubia essent. Tum ex consilio patrum Romulus legatos circa vicinas gentes misit,
Liv. 1, 9, 2; 3, 26, 1; 3, 31, 7; 4, 45, 7.—
2.
Enumeration of a series of events; the co-ordinate clauses introduced by tum... tum, or primum (primo)... deinde... tum, etc.
(α).
Succession of time proper:
ducem Hannibali unum e concilio datum (a Jove), tum ei ducem illum praecepisse ne respiceret, illum autem respexisse, tum visam beluam vastam, etc.,
Cic. Div. 1, 24, 49; 1, 27, 57; 2, 28, 58 sq.:
primo... deinde... tum... tum,
id. Fin. 1, 16, 50; 5, 23, 65; id. Tusc. 5, 2, 5:
primum... deinde... tum... postremo,
id. N. D. 2, 1, 3; 3, 3, 6: primum colonos inde Romanos expulit: inde in Latinam viam transgressus, etc., inde Lavinium recepit; tum deinceps Corbionem, Vitelliam;
postremum, etc.,
Liv. 2, 39, 4:
primi consules sub jugum missi, tum ut quisque gradu proximus erat, tum deinceps singulae legiones,
id. 9, 6, 1:
primo... deinde... tum... tum,
id. 21, 22, 8; id. praef. 9; 3, 28, 8: 5, 39, 7;
23, 23, 6: deinde... deinde... Tum... post quas, etc.,
Curt. 3, 3, 24: primum... deinde... deinde... tum... postea, Masur. Gabin. ap. Gell. 5, 13, 5; Gai. Inst. 4, 60.—
(β).
So in partic.: tum (also hic, et;
not deinde or postea), to denote the succession of speakers in dialogue: immo duas dabo, inquit adulescens... Tum senex ille: Si vis, inquit, quattuor sane dato,
Plaut. Stich. 4, 1, 46 dub.:
tum Piso... inquit, etc. Tum Quintus... inquit, etc. Hic ego... inquam, etc. Tum ille... inquit, etc. Tum Piso... inquit, etc. Et ille ridens... inquit, etc. Tum Piso exorsus est, etc.,
Cic. Fin. 5, 1, 2 sqq.:
tum Atticus... inquit, etc. Tum ille... inquit, etc. Tum Brutus, etc. Tum ille, etc. Tum Atticus, etc. Tum Pomponius... inquit, etc.,
id. Brut. 3, 11 sqq., and through the whole treatise; cf. id. Ac. 1, 2, 4; 1, 3, 9; 1, 4, 13; 1, 12, 43 and 44; 2, 19, 63; id. N. D. 1, 6, 15 sqq.; id. Rep. 1, 13, 19 sqq.; Liv. 7, 10, 2 sqq.; 23, 12, 8; Tac. Dial. 3; 15; 25; 42; Gell. 3, 1, 11 sqq.; 18, 1, 9 sqq.; Ov. M. 14, 594.—
(γ).
Transf., of sequence or succession of thought, passing into mere co-ordination (v. C. 2. b, g), then... again... furthermore:
qui mi in cursu obstiterit, faxo vitae is obstiterit suae. Prius edico ne quis, etc. Tum pistores scrofipasci qui, etc. Tum piscatores.... Tum lanii autem qui, etc.,
Plaut. Capt. 4, 2, 28; 4, 2, 34; 4, 2, 39: (res familiaris) primum bene parta sit, tum quam plurimis se utilem praebeat, deinde augeatur ratione, diligentia, etc., Cic. Off. 1, 26, 92; id. Ac. 2, 47, 146; id. Tusc. 1, 28, 68 sq.; 5, 40, 117; id. Ac. 2, 10, 30; id. de Or. 1, 42, 190; id. Cat. 4, 3, 5; id. Agr. 1, 2, 5; id. Clu. 2, 6; Liv. 3, 26, 11.—
C.
Hence, as co-ordinating conjunction, introducing an additional assertion, or thought.
1.
Alone, = praeterea, and then, besides, also, moreover, on the other hand (freq. in ante-class. style and in Cic.;
rare in Livy and post-Aug. prose): argenti aurique advexit multum, lanam purpuramque multam... tum Babylonica peristromata, etc.,
Plaut. Stich. 2, 3, 54; id. Rud. 2, 4, 10; id. Bacch. 4, 3, 71; 4, 8, 17; id. Ps. 3, 2, 78; id. Aul. 1, 2, 6; 1, 3, 16; id. Men. 5, 5, 41; id. Mil. 4, 2, 13; id. Pers. 1, 3, 15; 4, 2, 3; Ter. And. 1, 5, 27; 1, 2, 21; 2, 3, 7; id. Eun. prol. 4; 5, 6, 15; id. Heaut. 2, 1, 16; Lucr. 4, 680; cf. id. 1, 494; 4, 1152:
magnum ingenium L. Luculli, magnumque optimarum artium studium, tum omnis ab eo percepta doctrina... caruit omnino rebus urbanis,
Cic. Ac. 2, 1, 1; 2, 14, 43; id. Div. 1, 24, 50; 1, 42, 94; id. de Or. 1, 46, 201; id. Off. 1, 6, 19; id. Fin. 1, 6, 21; 2, 16, 53; id. Leg. 1, 5, 17; 1, 9, 26; id. Rab. Post. 14, 40; id. Phil. 13, 12, 26:
altera ex parte Bellovaci instabant, alteram Camulogenus tenebat: tum legiones a praesidio interclusas maximum flumen distinebat,
Caes. B. G. 7, 59; id. B. C. 3, 49: naves convenerunt duae Punicae quinqueremes;
duae ab Heraclea triremes... tum quinque Rhodiae quadriremes,
Liv. 42, 56, 6; 1, 40, 4; Sen. Vit. Beat. 3, 4; Just. 5, 10, 3.—Sometimes connecting two terms of the same clause, with the force of cum... tum (v. infra, 3. d.):
quot me censes homines jam deverberasse, hospites tum civis?
Ter. Phorm. 2, 2, 14:
faciendum est igitur nobis ut... veteranorum, tum legionis Martiae quartaeque consensus... confirmetur,
Cic. Phil. 3, 3, 7; Liv. 28, 43, 1 (in co-ordination often with etiam, autem, and sometimes with praeterea and porro; v. III. infra).—
2.
Tum as correlative of a preceding tum.
(α).
With an added assertion or thought: ita est haec hominum natio: voluptarii atque potatores, Tum sycophantae... plurimi In urbe habitant;
tum meretrices mulieres Nusquam perhibentur blandiores gentium,
Plaut. Men. 2, 1, 35; id. Ep. 2, 2, 28; id. Mil. 3, 1, 100; 3, 1, 102.—
(β).
Tum... tum = nunc... nunc (modo... modo), sometimes... sometimes, now... now, at one time... at another (freq. in Cic., not in Caes., rare in Liv., and very rare in postAug. writers):
tum huc, tum illuc inretitos impedit piscis,
Plaut. Truc. 1, 1, 17:
tum hoc mihi probabilius, tum illud videtur,
Cic. Ac. 2, 43, 134:
mihi... tum hoc tum illud probabilius videtur,
id. Off. 3, 7, 33; so id. Am. 4, 13; id. Sen. 13, 45; id. Top. 7, 31; id. N. D. 2, 19, 49:
(alvus) tum restringitur, tum relaxatur,
id. ib. 2, 54, 136; id. Rep. 3, 13 (14), 23; id. Leg. 2, 7, 16; id. Or. 63, 212; id. Sen. 3, 7; id. Inv. 1, 37, 66:
dictator tum appellare tum adhortari milites,
Liv. 8, 39, 4; Suet. Ner. 1; Gell. 1, 11, 15.—Tum may be repeated several times:
plerique propter voluptatem tum in morbos graves, tum in damna, tum in dedecora incurrunt,
Cic. Fin. 1, 14, 47; 3, 7, 26;
so three times,
id. N. D. 1, 12, 29; 1, 14, 37; 1, 15, 39; id. Inv. 1, 52, 98; id. Or. 3, 45, 177; id. Off. 1, 7, 22; id. Leg. 2, 17, 43; id. Top. 25, 96;
four times,
id. N. D. 1, 43, 120; 2, 20, 52; 2, 39, 101; id. Verr. 2, 4, 34, § 75;
five times,
id. N. D. 2, 5, 14; id. Inv. 1, 13, 17; 1, 41, 76; id. Verr. 2, 5, 36, § 94;
six times,
id. ib. 1, 53, 120;
seven times,
Quint. 9, 4, 133;
nine times,
Cic. N. D. 2, 50, 51.—And in chronological order (to be distinguished from the instances B. 2. a and g):
Atheniensium (rem publicam constituerunt) tum Theseus, tum Draco, tum Solo, tum Clisthenes, tum multi alii,
at different times, successively, Cic. Rep. 2, 1, 2.—
(γ).
Preceded or followed by other co-ordinate words (alias, modo, aliquando, aut... aut, nunc... nunc):
ex quo intellegitur qualis ille sit quem tum moderatum, alias modestum, tum temperantem, alias constantem continentemque dicimus,
Cic. Tusc. 4, 16, 36:
tum... tum... aliquando,
id. Div. 2, 2, 6:
tum... tum... aut... aut,
id. Or. 61, 204:
modo... tum autem,
id. N. D. 2, 40, 142:
nunc... nunc... tum... tum,
Flor. 1, 17, 5.—
(δ).
Tum... tum = et... et, both... and, not only... but also, partly... partly, without regard to time, the second term being frequently strengthened by etiam (mostly post-Aug.):
Milo Compsam oppugnans, ictusque lapide tum Clodio, tum patriae, quam armis petebat, poenas dedit,
Vell. 2, 68, 3:
Muciam et Fulviam, tum a patre, tum a viro utramque inclitam,
Val. Max. 9, 1, 8:
Caesar Pompejo tum proprias, tum etiam filiae lacrimas reddidit,
id. 5, 1, 10; Quint. 7, 3, 18; Sen. Q. N. 4, 2, 28; id. Clem. 1, 19, 2; Front. Aquaed. 1; Tac. A. 12, 33; Suet. Tit. 3; Nep. praef. 8;
and with etiam,
Val. Max. 2, 2, 8; 5, 9, 1; 7, 6 prooem.; Nep. Them. 2, 3.—
3.
As correlative with a preceding cum, introducing particular after a universal or a stronger or more important assertion after a weaker or less important.
a.
Connecting complete sentences with different predicates, cum... tum = as... so, while... (tum being not translated; ante-class. cum always with indic.; class. with subj. or indic.):
quom antehac te amavi, et mihi amicam esse crevi... tum id mihi hodie aperuisti,
Plaut. Cist. 1, 1, 2; id. Truc. 4, 1, 6:
quom id mihi placebat, tum uno ore omnes omnia Bona dicere,
Ter. And. 1, 1, 69; id. Phorm. 1, 4, 10:
quae cum res tota ficta sit pueriliter, tum ne efficit quidem quod vult,
Cic. Fin. 1, 6, 19; id. Tusc. 5, 39, 13; id. Fam. 13, 16, 1; and so with subj., id. N. D. 1, 1, 1; id. Off. 3, 2, 5; id. Lael. 7, 23; id. Brut. 39, 145; 11, 250:
cum omnium rerum simulatio est vitiosa, tum amicitiae repugnat maxime,
id. Lael. 25, 91; id. Div. 2, 27, 58; and so with indic., id. Planc. 33, 80; id. Tull. 4, 8; id. Div. in Caecil. 20, 65; id. Sest. 1, 2; id. Fam. 16, 4, 4:
haec cum merito ejus fieri intellegebat, tum magni interesse arbitrabatur, etc.,
Caes. B. G. 5, 4; 3, 16; id. B. C. 1, 58; Liv. 3, 34, 1; 4, 53, 4.—
b.
Clauses with the same predicate, which is placed after the first clause (always with indic.):
nam mihi, cum multa eximie divineque videntur Athenae tuae peperisse, tum nihil melius illis mysteriis quibus, etc.,
Cic. Leg. 2, 14, 36; id. Tusc. 4, 18, 42; id. Phil. 2, 5, 12; Liv. 4, 46, 10; 6, 38, 10.—
c.
Clauses with a common predicate placed before both co-ordinate terms, cum... tum = not only, but also; as... so especially:
visa est Arcesilae cum vera sententia, tum honesta et digna sapiente,
Cic. Ac. 2, 24, 77; id. Fin. 1, 16, 51; 2, 35, 119; 3, 1, 3:
movit patres conscriptos cum causa tum auctor,
Liv. 9, 10, 1; 4, 57, 2; Suet. Ner. 46 init. —
d.
With a common predicate after both co-ordinate terms:
quom virum tum uxorem, di vos perdant,
Plaut. Men. 4, 2, 103:
luxuria cum omni aetati turpis tum senectuti foedissima est,
Cic. Off. 1, 34, 123; id. Clu. 59, 161; id. Verr. 2, 1, 34, § 86; id. N. D. 1, 21, 57; id. Deiot. 9, 26; id. Clu. 16, 46:
concitatos animos flecti quam frangi putabat cum tutius tum facilius esse,
Liv. 2, 23, 15; 6, 9, 8; 1, 57, 1; 10, 26, 13; Tac. Dial. 5.—With tum several times repeated:
quem pater moriens cum tutoribus et propinquis, tum legibus, tum aequitati magistratuum, tum judiciis vestris commendatum putavit,
Cic. Verr. 2, 1, 58, § 151; cf. esp. id. Planc. 40, 95. —
e.
Tum, in this construction, is freq. strengthened,
(α).
By vero:
cum haec sunt videnda, tum vero illud est hominis magni, etc.,
in particular, Cic. Clu. 58, 159; id. Mur. 27, 55; id. Phil. 3, 5, 12; 7, 3, 9; cf. id. Or. 1, 23, 106; 3, 16, 60; Liv. 34, 39, 9; Quint. 12, 1, 25.—
(β).
By maxime, above all, most of all, especially, chiefly:
cum omnibus in rebus temeritas in adsentando turpis est, tum in eo loco maxime in quo ju dicandum est quantum, etc.,
Cic. Div. 1, 4, 7; id. Tusc. 4, 1, 1; 5, 12, 36; id. Rosc. Am. 25, 69:
cum infamia atque indignitas rei impediebat, tum maxime quod, etc.,
Caes. B. G. 7, 56; Sall. J. 43, 5; Liv. 1, 8, 2; Suet. Claud. 30; Quint. 6, 1, 29.—
(γ).
By praecipue, especially, chiefly, above all:
cum omnium sociorum provinciarumque rationem diligenter habere debetis, tum praecipue Siciliae,
Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 1, § 2; id. Fam. 13, 11, 3:
fortuna quae plurimum potest cum in reliquis rebus, tum praecipue in bello,
Caes. B. C. 3, 68; Liv. 22, 43, 11; 1, 40, 3; Quint. 1, 1, 29; 1, 10, 13; 5, 10, 106; Plin. Ep. 4, 3, 2.—
(δ).
By inprimis, chiefly, principally:
cum multa non probo, tum illud inprimis quod, etc.,
Cic. Fin. 1, 6, 18; id. Fam. 12, 22, 3.—
(ε).
By cumprimis, chiefly, principally: quapropter bene cum superis de rebus habenda Nobis est ratio... tum cumprimis Unde anima atque animi constet [p. 1910] natura videndum, Lucr. 1, 131.—
(ζ).
By certe, especially, at least, assuredly:
at cum de plurimis eadem dicit, tum certe de maximis,
Cic. Fin. 4, 5, 13; id. Fam. 7, 4; cf. Quint. 2, 1, 10.—
(η).
By nimirum, assuredly, undoubtedly:
cum plurimas... commoditates amicitia contineat, tum illa nimirum praestat omnibus quod, etc.,
Cic. Am. 7, 23. —
(θ).
By etiam, besides, as well:
cum omnes omnibus ex terris homines improbos audacesque collegerat, tum etiam multos fortes viros et bonos... tenebat,
Cic. Cael. 6, 14; id. Ac. 2, 10, 31; id. Tusc. 1, 1, 2:
quos tu cum memoriter, tum etiam erga nos amice et benevole collegisti,
id. Fin. 1, 10, 34; id. Verr. 2, 3, 23, § 56:
cum sua virtute, tum etiam alienis vitiis,
id. Leg. 23, 67; id. Fin. 2, 12, 38; id. N. D. 2, 37, 95; id. de Or. 3, 60, 225; Liv. 1, 21, 2; 7, 23, 6; 7, 32, 10; Val. Max. 7, 2, 3; 3, 2, 10; 9, 6, 3; Quint. 9, 1, 20; 9, 4, 143.—
(ι).
By quoque, also, besides, as well:
cum potestas major, tum vir quoque potestati par hostes trans Anienem submovere,
Liv. 4, 17, 11; 1, 22, 2; cf. Quint. 12, 10, 72.—
(κ).
By et, also, besides, too:
cujus mortem cum luctus civitatis, tum et dictaturae undecim insignem fecere,
Just. 19, 1, 7.—
(λ).
By praeterea, moreover, besides:
dicimus C. Verrem cum multa libidinose fecerit, tum praeterea quadringentiens sestertium ex Sicilia abstulisse,
Cic. Verr. 1, 18, 56.
II.
Tum as correlative of dependent clauses (freq. in ante - class. writings and Cic., rare in post-Aug. writings).
A.
With temporal clauses, introduced by cum, = at the time when, at a time when.
1.
Referring to definite past time.
a.
Tum as antecedent of cum:
jam tum cum primum jussit me ad se arcessier, Roget quis, Quid tibi cum illa?
Ter. Eun. 3, 3, 4; id. Heaut. 2, 3, 21:
qui (Hercules) tum dolore frangebatur cum immortalitatem ipsa morte quaerebat,
Cic. Tusc. 2, 8, 20:
bene apud majores nostros senatus tum cum florebat imperium decrevit ut, etc.,
id. Div. 1, 41, 91; id. Phil. 2, 44, 114; id. Div. 1, 17, 30; id. Verr. 2, 2, 66, § 160; id. Clu. 33, 89; id. Verr. 1, 2, 5; id. Brut. 2, 7; 23, 89; id. Off. 3, 27, 100; id. Agr. 2, 24, 64; id. Phil. 2, 39, 100; 3, 4, 11:
tum mittendos legatos fuisse cum Perseus Graecas urbes obsideret,
Liv. 45, 3, 7:
tum cum Vipereos sparsi... dentes,
Ov. M. 4, 572; id. H. 3, 23; Val. Max. 6, 1, 12.—After pluperf.:
nam tum cum in Asia res magnas permulti amiserant scimus Romae solutione impedita fidem concidisse,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 7, 19; Val. Max. 3, 6, 1; 2, 8, 15 fin. —Tum inserted in the temporal clause:
cum Davo egomet vidi jurgantem ancillam... quom ibi me adesse neuter tum praesenserat,
Ter. And. 5, 1, 20.—
b.
Tum, introducing the apodosis of the temporal clause (generally not transl. in Engl.).
(α).
Of coincident events, cum... tum = while: quom genui tum morituros scivi, Enn. ap. Cic. Div. 1, 58, 132 (Trag. Rel. v. 361 Vahl.); Ter. Phorm. 3, 2, 18:
cum minime videbamur, tum maxime philosophabamur,
Cic. N. D. 1, 3, 6; id. Agr. 2, 11, 26; id. Cael. 26, 63; id. Phil. 3, 5, 13:
cum pavida mulier nullam opem videret, tum Tarquinius fateri amorem, orare, etc.,
Liv. 1, 58, 3; 5, 11, 4. —
(β).
Tum = deinde, usu. after a pluperf.:
id cum Sulla fecisset, tum ante oppidum Nolam Samnitium castra cepit,
Cic. Div. 1, 33, 72; id. Brut. 92, 319; id. Ac. 2, 3, 9; 2, 3, 15; id. Fin. 1, 8, 26; id. Tusc. 4, 20, 45; id. Div. 1, 25, 53; 2, 2, 7; id. Rep. 2, 25, 47; Liv. 21, 11, 8; cf. id. 1, 26, 7; 23, 22, 4.—Inserted in the apodosis:
cum jam humanae opes egestae a Veis essent, amoliri tum deum dona,
Liv. 5, 22, 3.—
2.
Referring to definite present time:
quem esse negas, eundem esse dicis. Cum enim miserum esse dicis, tum eum qui non sit, dicis esse,
Cic. Tusc. 1, 6, 12.—
3.
Referring to indefinite time.
a.
As antecedent of the clause, = at the time when, at a time when, whenever: hominum inmortalis est infamia;
etiam tum vivit quom esse credas mortuam,
Plaut. Pers. 3, 1, 28; id. As. 1, 3, 55; id. Merc. 3, 2, 7; Cato, R. R. 31:
nec sibi enim quisquam tum se vitamque requirit Cum pariter mens et corpus sopita quiescunt,
Lucr. 3, 919; 4, 444; 4, 455;
4, 1166: omnis praedictio mali tum probatur cum ad praedictionem cautio adjungitur,
Cic. Div. 2, 25, 54; id. Fin. 2, 32, 104; id. N. D. 2, 3, 9: tum cum sine pondere suci Mobilibus ventis arida facta volant, Ov. H. 5, 109; Cic. Ac. 1, 12, 44; 2, 27, 88; id. Fin. 4, 8, 20; id. Tusc. 3, 9, 20; 5, 26, 73; id. N. D. 1, 4, 9; id. Off. 1, 27, 93.—Tum maxime... cum plurimum = eo magis quo magis:
eam (partem animi) tum maxime vigere cum plurimum absit a corpore,
Cic. Div. 1, 32, 70; so, cum maxime... tum maxime; v. b. a foll.—
b.
Tum introducing the apodosis.
(α).
As coincident:
quom amamus, tum perimus,
Plaut. Truc. 1, 2, 94:
ulmus, cum folia cadunt, tum iterum tempestiva est,
Cato, R. R. 17; so id. ib. 155 (156):
cum ea quae quasi involuta fuerunt, aperti sunt, tum inventa dicuntur,
Cic. Ac. 2, 8, 26; id. Fin. 5, 10, 29; 1, 17, 57; id. N. D. 2, 52, 129; 1, 19, 49; id. Imp. Pomp. 6, 15.—Cum maxime... tum maxime = quo magis eo magis:
nam quom pugnabant maxume, ego tum fugiebam maxume,
Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 45:
quamobrem omnes, cum secundae res sunt maxume, tum maxume Meditari secum oportet, etc.,
Cic. Tusc. 3, 14, 30 poet. —
(β).
As subsequent:
ad legionem quom itum, adminiculum eis danunt tum jam aliquem cognatum suum,
Plaut. Most. 1, 2, 47:
eo cum accessit ratio argumentique conclusio... tum et perceptio eorum omnium apparet,
Cic. Ac. 2, 10, 30; 2, 41, 128; id. Fin. 5, 9, 24; 1, 20, 69; 5, 15, 41; id. Tusc. 1, 4, 8; 1, 24, 58; 3, 2, 3; id. N. D. 2, 48, 123; id. Div. 2, 19, 44.—
4.
Referring to future time.
(α).
Tum as antecedent of cum:
quom mi haec dicentur dicta, tum tu, furcifer, quasi mus in medio pariete vorsabere,
Plaut. Cas. 1, 51; id. Bacch. 3, 4, 20:
non committam ut tum haec res judicetur cum haec frequentia Roma discesserit,
Cic. Verr. 1, 18, 54; id. Agr. 2, 17, 44; 2, 25, 67; id. Fin. 4, 22, 62; id. Tusc. 1, 20, 46; Liv. 23, 13, 4; 41, 10, 7; Ov. M. 2, 651; id. H. 15, 293; Nep. Them. 6, 5.—
(β).
Tum introducing the apodosis:
quom videbis, tum scies,
Plaut. Bacch. 1, 2, 37; 4, 6, 30:
de quo cum perpauca dixero, tum ad jus civile veniam,
Cic. Leg. 1, 12, 34; id. Clu. 2, 6; 4, 9; Liv. 3, 56, 10.—
B.
With temporal clause, introduced by ubi.
1.
Tum as antecedent of the clause (very rare):
vitem novellam resecare tum erit tempus ubi valebit,
Cato, R. R. 33:
tum tu igitur demum id adulescenti aurum dabis, ubi erit locata virgo in matrimonium?
Plaut. Trin. 3, 3, 52.—
2.
Tum introducing the apodosis.
(α).
Referring to definite past time (tum always = deinde):
ubi eorum dolorem majorem quam ceterorum cognovi, tum meum animum in illos, tum mei consilii causam proposui, tum eos hortatus sum, etc.,
Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 63, § 140; Sall. J. 94, 3:
ubi illuxit, et Romanis Punica et Gallica arma cognita, tum dubitationem exemere,
Liv. 25, 10, 5; 1, 9, 10; 4, 57, 3; 9, 43, 16; 21, 25, 12; 23, 11, 4.—
(β).
Referring to indefinite time:
post ubi tempust promissa jam perfici, Tum coacti necessario se aperiunt,
Ter. And. 4, 1, 8: Cato, R. R. 3 init.; 17:
ubi jam morbi se flexit causa... Tum quasi vaccillans primum consurgit,
Lucr. 3, 503; 6, 129; 6, 526.—
(γ).
Referring to future time:
otium ubi erit, tum tibi operam ludo et deliciae dabo,
Plaut. Rud. 2, 4, 13; id. Stich. 4, 2, 14:
ubi tu voles, Ubi tempus erit, sat habet si tum recipitur,
Ter. Eun. 3, 2, 32; Plaut. Truc. 4, 4, 18; id. Bacch. 4, 3, 72; id. Pers. 4, 7, 19; id. Cas. 3, 2, 27:
ut ubi id interrogando argumentis firmavero, tum testes ad crimen accommodem,
Cic. Verr. 1, 18, 55:
ubi haerere jam aciem videris, tum terrorem equestrem infer,
Liv. 6, 12, 10; 22, 55, 8.—
C.
With a temporal clause introduced by postquam.
1.
Tum as antecedent of the clause (very rare):
Flaminius qui ne quieto quidem hoste ipse quieturus erat, tum vero postquam res sociorum ante oculos prope suos ferri vidit, suum id dedecus ratus, etc.,
Liv. 22, 3, 7; Val. Max. 3, 8, 1 (v. infra, III. A. 2. a. b).—
2.
Tum introducing the apodosis (always = deinde).
(α).
Referring to definite past time:
posteaquam e portu piratae exierunt, tum coeperunt quaerere homines, etc.,
Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 38, § 100; Sall. J. 106, 6; 84, 1; id. Cat. 51, 40 (al. tunc):
postquam satis virium collectum videbat, tum ex suis unum sciscitatum Romam ad patrem misit,
Liv. 1, 54, 5; 3, 66, 5; 6, 13, 4; 22, 48, 4; 25, 10, 6; Gell. 5, 3, 6.—
(β).
Referring to indefinite time: postquam vero commoditas quaedam... dicendi copiam consecuta est, tum ingenio freta malitia pervertere urbes adsuevit, Cic. Inv. 1, 2, 3.—
D.
With a temporal clause introduced by ut.
1.
Tum as antecedent of the clause (very rare):
tum vero ingentem gemitum dat Ut spolia, ut currus, utque ipsum corpus amici... conspexit,
Verg. A. 1, 485; cf. id. ib. 12, 218.—
2.
Tum introducing the apodosis.
(α).
Of definite past time:
nam ut dudum adcurrimus ad Alcesimarchum... tum mi, puto, prae timore hic excidisse Cistellam,
Plaut. Cist. 4, 2, 46:
sed ut intellectum est quantam vim haberet accurata... oratio, tum etiam magistri dicendi multi subito exstiterunt,
Cic. Brut. 8, 30; id. Phil. 9, 4, 9; Liv. 24, 44, 10; id. 21, 54, 9; 23, 34, 6.—
(β).
Referring to future time:
neque ut quaeque res delata ad nos erit, tum denique scrutari locos debemus,
Cic. de Or. 2, 34, 146:
traditum esse ut quando aqua Albana abundasset, tum, si eam Romanus rite emisisset, victoriam de Vejentibus dari (= si quando),
Liv. 5, 15, 11 Weissenb. ad loc.—
E.
With a temporal clause introduced by quando.
1.
Tum as antecedent of the clause.
(α).
Of definite past time:
auctoritatem senatus exstare sentio, tum, quando Alexandro mortuo, legatos Tyrum misimus,
Cic. Agr. 2, 16, 41.—
(β).
Of future time:
at scire tum memento quando id quod voles habebis,
Plaut. Capt. 2, 1, 41; id. Mil. 3, 1, 213; id. Most. 3, 1, 136; id. Men. 5, 7, 57:
utinam tum essem natus quando Romani dona accipere coepissent,
Cic. Off. 2, 21, 75.—
2.
Tum introducing the apodosis.
(α).
Of indefinite time (quando = whenever):
quando esurio tum crepant (intestina),
Plaut. Men. 5, 5, 27; id. Truc. 1, 1, 15; id. Ps. 4, 7, 85:
quando mulier dotem marito dabat, tum quae ex suis bonis retinebat reciperare dicebatur,
Gell. 17, 6, 6; 7 (6), 14, 4.—
(β).
Of future time:
at tu, quando habebis, tum dato,
Plaut. Men. 3, 3, 23:
quando ab eadem parte sol eodemque tempore iterum defecerit, tum signis omnibus ad principium revocatis, expletum annum habeto,
Cic. Rep. 6, 22, 24:
quando mihi usus venerit, tum quaeram ex te atque discam,
Gell. 6 (7), 17, 4.—
F.
In the apodosis after simul ac:
an simul ac nubes successere, ipse in eas tum Descendit (Juppiter), prope ut hinc teli determinet ictus?
Lucr. 6, 402.—
G.
With a temporal clause introduced by dum.
1.
Tum as antecedent:
sanctius visum est nomen Augusti, ut scilicet jam tum dum colit terras, ipso numine ac titulo consecretur,
Flor. 2, 33, 66 (4, 12, 66).—
2.
Tum introducing the apodosis:
dum habeat, tum amet,
Plaut. Truc. 2, 1, 23:
dum se glomerant... tum pondere turris Procubuit,
Verg. A. 9, 540.—
H.
As antecedent of quamdiu:
qui cum tibi amicus non modo tum fuerit quamdiu tecum in provincia fuerit, verum etiam nunc sit cum, etc.,
Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 24, § 58.—
K.
Denoting a logical consequence after quando and cum:
quando ergo erga te benignus fui... tum te mihi benigne itidem addecet... referre gratiam,
Plaut. Rud. 5, 3, 35:
cum magnus numerus deesset, tum iste homo nefarius in eorum locum... substituere coepit cives Romanos,
Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 28, § 72.—
L.
After relative clauses denoting time: qua tempestate Paris Helenam innuptis junxit nuptiis, Ego tum gravida expletis jam fere ad pariendum mensibus, Poet. ap. Cic. de Or. 3, 58, 219 (Trag. Rel. p. 246 Rib.).—
M.
With conditional clauses.
1.
With a conditional clause introduced by si, sin, ni (not nisi).
(α).
Tum as antecedent of clause:
tum pol ego interii, homo si ille abiit,
Plaut. Ps. 4, 1, 6; id. Men. 2, 2, 71; Ter. Heaut. 4, 3, 40:
si tenuis causa est, tum etiam argumentandi tenue filum,
Cic. Or. 36, 124; id. Rep. 1, 40, 62; 2, 9, 15; id. Fin. 1, 19, 63; id. N. D. 1, 6, 13; id. Verr. 2, 3, 47, § 112:
tum vero ego nequiquam Capitolium servaverim si civem in servitutem duci videam,
Liv. 6, 14, 4; 3, 9, 11; 6, 14, 4; 7, 34, 14; Cato ap. Plin. 29, 1, 7, § 14; Gell. 2, 12, 1 sq.; 4, 13, 1; 14, 2, 21.—
(β).
Tum introducing the apodosis:
si triduum hoc hic erimus, tum arbores in te cadent,
Plaut. Men. 2, 3, 30; id. Rud. 5, 2, 59; 3, 4, 49; id. As. 1, 3, 89; id. Rud. 1, 3, 13; id. Ps. 4, 1, 1; 4, 1, 48 (39); Ter. Eun. 2, 3, 64; 3, 1, 17; id. Phorm. 1, 3, 19; Cato, R. R. 26; cf. id. ib. 27:
quod si, ut spero, cepero, tum vero litteras publice mittam,
Cic. Fam. 2, 10, 3; id. Div. 1, 44, 100; cf. id. Ac. 2, 10, 32; id. Fin. 2, 4, 79; id. N. D. 3, 36, 87; id. Rep. 1, 43, 66: id. [p. 1911] Rosc. Am. 49, 142:
si dimicandum erit, tum tu in novissimos te recipito,
Liv. 7, 40, 13; 8, 10, 12; Hor. S. 1, 2, 97; Ov. M. 7, 32.—
Esp., denoting the consequences of perjury in ancient formulas of oaths: si ego injuste illos homines dedier mihi exposco, tum patriae compotem me numquam siris esse,
Liv. 1, 32, 7; 1, 24, 8; 22, 53, 11; hence, quid si falles? Me. Tum Mercurius Sosiae iratus siet, Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 239; 3, 2, 52; id. Aul. 4, 10, 50; cf. also Liv. 3, 64, 10.—
2.
With a condition contrary to fact.
(α).
Tum, antecedent of clause:
tum esset ostentum, si anguem vectis circumplicavisset,
Cic. Div. 2, 28, 62; id. Verr. 2, 2, 68, § 164:
tum id audirem si tibi soli viveres,
id. Marcell. 8, 25; id. Fin. 4, 13, 33; id. Div. 2, 35, 73.—
(β).
Tum introducing the apodosis:
si quidem me amaret, tum istuc prodesset,
Ter. Eun. 3, 1, 56:
quodsi omnia nobis quae ad victum pertinent. suppeditarentur, tum optimo quisque ingenio, totum se in cognitione et scientia collocaret,
Cic. Off. 1, 44, 158. —
N.
After an abl. absol.
1.
With perfect participles (= postquam or cum... tum), mostly with denique, vero, demum.
(α).
Referring to definite past time:
ut morte ejus nuntiata tum denique bellum confectum arbitraretur,
Cic. Mur. 16, 34:
sed confecto proelio tum vero cerneres quanta vis animi fuisset in exercitu Catilinae,
Sall. C. 61, 1:
ita rebus divinis peractis tum de bello deque republica dictator rettulit,
Liv. 22, 11, 1; 2, 29, 1; 2, 29, 3; 3, 56, 1; 5, 50, 8; Plin. 11, 20, 22, § 68.—
(β).
Referring to indefinite time:
hisce omnibus rebus consideratis, tum denique id quod primum est dicendum, postremum soleo cogitare, quo utar exordio,
Cic. Or. 2, 77, 315.—
(γ).
Referring to future time (the abl. absol. = a fut. perf.):
ita prope XL. diebus interpositis tum denique se responsuros esse arbitrantur,
Cic. Verr. 1, 10, 31; 1, 18, 54; id. Fin. 4, 13, 32; id. Scaur. Fragm. 10, 22.—
2.
With pres. participles (post-class.):
tacentibus cunctis, tum ipse (dixit), etc.,
Just. 12, 15, 6.
III.
Particular connections.
A.
With other particles of time.
1.
Jam tum, already at that time, i. e. earlier than might be anticipated:
jam tum erat suspitio Dolo malo haec fieri,
Ter. Eun. 3, 3, 8; cf. id. ib. 4, 4, 58; id. Phorm. 5, 8, 34:
quippe etenim jam tum divom mortalia saecla Egregias animo facies vigilante videbant,
Lucr. 5, 1169; 5, 1037:
ut mihi jam tum divinasse ille (Romulus) videatur hanc urbem sedem aliquando summo esse imperio praebituram,
Cic. Rep. 2, 5, 10; 2, 7, 12; id. Div. 2, 57, 118; id. Tusc. 4, 2, 4:
jam tum in Palatio monte Lupercal hoc fuisse ludicrum ferunt,
Liv. 1, 5, 1; 1, 7, 16; 1, 41, 7; 10, 21, 14;
24, 49, 1: ut jam tum qualis futurus esset ostenderet,
Suet. Dom. 1; Curt. 4, 6, 29.—
2.
Tum demum and tum denique, then only, then at length, then at last, not till then, i. e. later than might be expected, implying delayed action.
a.
Tum demum.
(α).
In gen.:
adversisque in rebus noscere qui sit. Nam verae voces tum demum pectore ab imo Eiciuntur,
Lucr. 3, 58:
tum demum Liscus, oratione Caesaris adductus, quod antea tacuerat proponit,
Caes. B. G. 1, 17; 5, 33; Sall. J. 46, 1:
nec ante in campum degressi sunt quam, etc. Tum demum castra Etruscorum pro moenibus Fidenarum posita,
Liv. 4, 17, 12; 45, 12, 6; 2, 20, 11; 5, 39, 2; 23, 19, 15 et saep.; Val. Max. 1, 6, 10; 1, 7, 4; Curt. 3, 12, 12; Tac. A. 3, 18; 3, 47.—
(β).
In partic., referring to clauses introduced by cum, ubi, si, or abl. absol. (v. II. A. B. L. M.), denoting absolute restriction to the terms of the clause:
imo etiam ubi expolivero, magis hoc tum demum dices,
Plaut. Poen. 1, 1, 60:
tum demum mihi procax Academia videbitur si aut consenserint omnes, aut, etc.,
Cic. N. D. 1, 6, 13:
cum is Casilini eo die mansurum dixisset, tum demum cognitus est error,
Liv. 22, 13, 8; Vell. 2, 115, 4; Val. Max. 3, 8, 1 fin.; 7, 2, 4; Curt. 3, 11, 6; Plin. Ep. 8, 20, 7.—
(γ).
Sometimes = nunc demum (anteclass.): victus es, Chaline. St. Tum nos demum vivere. Olympio. Gaudeo, Plaut. Cas. 2, 6, 65.—
b.
Tum denique.
(α).
In gen.:
tum denique tauros in gregem redigo,
Varr. R. R. 2, 5:
injecta glaeba tumulus is (locus) ubi humatus est vocatur, ac tum denique multa religiosa jura complectitur,
Cic. Leg. 2, 22, 57; id. Fin. 3, 22, 76; id. Tusc. 3, 26, 61: nequiquam temptati ut tum denique desisterent impediendo bello, Liv. 4, 55, 5; Ov. M. 4, 519; 7, 857; 10, 664.—
(β).
Referring to clauses with cum, etc. (v. II. A. B. L. M.):
tum denique homines nostra intellegimus bona quom quae in potestate habuimus ea amisimus,
Plaut. Capt. 1, 2, 33:
quo cum venerimus, tum denique vivemus,
Cic. Tusc. 1, 31, 75; 3, 31, 75; id. Leg. 2, 4, 10; id. Rep. 1, 6, 11; so,
tum denique si,
id. Fam. 14, 2, 3; id. Q. Fr. 1, 1, 10, § 29; id. Verr. 2, 2, 1, § 1:
indicandum primum fuisse, dein petendum praesidium, postremo ni impetraretur, tum denique querendum,
Liv. 23, 43, 2; Cato ap. Plin. 17, 18, 29, § 126 (for tum vero denique after ut, Cic. Phil. 9, 4, 9, v. II. D. 2. a).—
3.
Tum primum (rarely primo), then for the first time:
tum genus humanum primum mollescere coepit,
Lucr. 5, 1014:
ludorum gratia quos tum primum anniversarios in circo facere constituisset,
Cic. Rep. 2, 7, 12; id. Sen. 21, 78; Caes. B. G. 7, 11:
ponte sublicio tum primum in Tiberi facto,
Liv. 1, 33, 6; 2, 41, 3; 39, 22, 2; 2, 20, 6; 39, 49, 4; Vell. 2, 37, 5; Tac. A. 2, 27; id. H. 4, 57; Curt. 3, 12, 26. —
4.
With deinde, hic, postea, with consecutive force emphatic.
a.
Deinde tum (very rare):
primum ea quae sumus acturi cogitare debemus, deinde tum dicere ac facere,
Varr. L. L. 6, 6, 62.—
b.
Tum deinde.
(α).
= tum demum or tum denique, then at length, not till then, then only:
nonne optime patronus occurrat prius conviciis luxuriae, etc., tum deinde narret de bonis Pallae? etc.,
Quint. 4, 2, 27; 12, 10, 11:
emam, aedificabo, credam, exigam, honores geram: tum deinde lassam senectutem in otium referam,
Sen. Ep. 101, 4; Plin. 16, 44, 95, § 251.—So corresp. with cum:
quas cum solus pertulisset, tum deinde comitia collegae subrogando habuit,
Liv. 2, 8, 3 (Weissenb. demum, by conj.); Col. R. R. 1, 6, 13. —
(β).
= an emphatic deinde: nam praetermisit quod in prima parte sumere debuit;
tum deinde eodem ipso quod omiserat quasi proposito ad confirmandum aliud utitur,
Gell. 2, 8, 3; 13, 24 (23), 1; Just. 2, 1, 19.—
c.
With hic:
hic tum repente Pacilius quidam accedit, ait, etc.,
Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 38, § 94:
hic ego tum ad respondendum surrexi,
id. Clu. 18, 51; 27, 73:
hic tum injectus est hominibus scrupulus,
id. ib. 28, 76; id. Sest. 11, 25.—
d.
Tum postea:
tum postea complorantibus nostris, dies quidem tandem inluxit,
Gell. 19, 1, 3; so id. 14, 3, 10 (for quid tum postea, v. D. 1.).—
5.
With interim:
unum, alterum, tertium annum Sassia quiescebat... Tum interim, Q. Hortensio, Q. Metello coss.... despondet ei filiam suam,
Cic. Clu. 64, 179.—
B.
With particles of emphasis.
1.
Tum vero (sometimes tum enimvero or enimvero tum), then indeed, at that crisis, then if not before, etc., or merely = emphatic then, denoting either coincidence or sequence of action.
(α).
In gen.:
discedit a Melino Cluentia. Tum vero illa egregia mater palam exsultare... coepit,
Cic. Clu. 5, 14; 22, 61; id. Agr. 1, 1, 3; id. Verr. 2, 5, 41, § 107:
semper equidem magno cum metu incipio dicere... tum vero ita sum perturbatus ut, etc.,
id. Clu. 18, 51:
tum vero dubitandum non existimavit quin ad eos proficisceretur,
Caes. B. G. 2, 8; 5, 37; id. B. C. 1, 82; 2, 42:
Aruns Tarquinius et Tullia minor... junguntur nuptiis. Tum vero in dies infestior Tulli senectus... coepit esse,
Liv. 1, 47, 1; 2, 22, 6; 4, 49, 13; 10, 19, 12; 21, 45, 9; 21, 58, 5; Ov. M. 2, 227; 7, 685; Curt. 4, 13, 1; 3, 11, 5; Tac. Agr. 37.—And in enumerations:
deinde... post autem... tum vero ipsam veterem Karthaginem vendunt,
Cic. Agr. 1, 2, 5.—
(β).
As correlative of temporal or conditional clauses, and after abl. absol.:
quod ubi Romam est nuntiatum, senatui metum injecit ne tum vero sustineri nec in urbe seditio, nec in castris posset,
Liv. 5, 7, 4; Sall. J. 94, 3:
tum vero... si,
Cic. Fin. 1, 19, 63; Liv. 6, 14, 4 (v. II. M. 1. a, b).—With cum, Liv. 32, 12, 1:
quae postquam frustra temptata rogumque parari... vidit, Tum vero gemitus... Edidit,
Ov. M. 2, 621; Sall. J. 106, 6; 84, 1; id. Cat. 51, 40; v. C. 1. b. (so, tum vero denique after ut, Cic. Phil. 9, 4, 9; v. II. D. 2. and M. 1.).—
2.
Tum quidem, at that time, thereupon, then at least (usu. opposed to a later time): dixit sibi in somnis visum esse, etc. Et tum quidem incolumis exercitum liberavit; post triennium autem devovit se, etc., Cic. Div. 1, 24, 51; so,
actum quidem,
id. Fl. 25, 59; id. Lael. 11, 39:
et tum quidem ab Dio Perseus in interiora regni recepit se... post dies paucos, etc.,
Liv. 42, 39, 1; 1, 57, 10; 3, 2, 10;
7, 17, 3.—Often in resuming the narrative after a digression: ac tum quidem regem... filium appellat,
Curt. 4, 7, 25.—Merely emphatic:
Duillio Cornelioque coss. etiam mari congredi ausus est. Tum quidem ipsa velocitas classis comparatae victoriae auspicium fuit,
Flor. 1, 18 (2, 2), 7; so id. 1, 22 (2, 6), 20; 1, 40 (3, 5), 12.—With cum, Tac. Dial. 11.—
3.
Ne tum quidem, not even then:
num quis horum miser hodie? Ne tum quidem, post spiritum extremum,
Cic. Tusc. 1, 37, 89; id. Div. 1, 26, 55; id. Verr. 2, 2, 40, § 98:
ubi ne tum quidem eos prodire intellexit,
Caes. B. G. 1, 50; 7, 53; Tac. H. 5, 21; Curt. 3, 2, 18.—With cum:
ille vere ne tum quidem miser cum ab Oroete in crucem actus est,
Cic. Fin. 5, 30, 92; so id. Tusc. 5, 20, 57; id. Verr. 2, 5, 23, § 59; Liv. praef. 12; 39, 39, 11.—
4.
Tum maxime (sometimes tum cummaxime).
(α).
Especially at that time, chiefly then: illi sumposia, nos convivia quod tum maxime simul vivitur, Cic. Fam. 9, 24, 35; id. Leg. 2, 11, 26.—With cum:
quae quidem vis tum maxime cognita est cum... M. Cato, legem suadens, in Galbam multa dixit,
Cic. Brut. 23, 89; id. Sest. 21, 47; id. Par. 4, 1, 29.—
(β).
Just then, just at that moment (not ante-Aug.):
regi, tum maxime captivos ex Illyrico vendenti,
Liv. 43, 20, 3; 1, 10, 1:
per totam aciem vulgatum est, castra amissa esse, et tum cummaxime ardere,
id. 40, 32, 1; so,
tum cummaxime,
id. 43, 7, 8:
corpus enim suum a caupone trucidatum tum maxime plaustro ad portam ferri,
Val. Max. 1, 7, ext. 10; 2, 10, 2; 3, 2, 2 fin.; Curt. 3, 4, 14; 6, 6, 10; Plin. 2, 63, 63, § 154; Quint. 2, 15, 30; 2, 61, 31; Suet. Caes. 65; id. Calig. 53.—So with cum:
et quod tum maxime Abydum oppugnaret cum rex ab Attalo et Rhodiis ultro se bello lacessitum diceret,
Liv. 31, 18, 2; Sen. Ira, 1, 15, 2.—
(γ).
Strengthening the co-ordinate tum after cum, so especially; v. I. C. 3. e. b (for cum maxime... tum maxime and tum maxime... cum plurimum, v. II. A. 3. a. b.).—
5.
Tum potissimum = tum maxime, just then (rare):
C. Caesar... tum potissimum acie commissa impeditos religione hostes vicit,
Front. Strat. 2, 1, 16.—
6.
Etiam tum.
(α).
Even then:
etiam tum vivit cum esse credas mortuam,
Plaut. Pers. 3, 1, 28:
totum se Servilio etiam tum tradidit,
even then, at so late a time, Cic. Sest. 62, 130:
etiam tum cum verisimile erit,
id. Rosc. Am. 20, 57.— So with cum, Cic. Verr. 2, 1, 59, § 154; id. Dom. 13, 23; id. Sest. 38, 81.—
(β).
Still, as yet (also as one word; cf. etiamtum, and v. the foll. additional passages), Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 19, § 41; id. Fin. 3, 14, 48; id. Rep. 2, 12, 24; id. Arch. 3, 5; id. de Or. 2, 3, 12; id. Brut. 20, 80; id. Off. 2, 14, 47; Caes. B. C. 3, 93; Liv. 5, 40, 10; Val. Max. 9, 6, 3; Tac. A. 3, 72; Suet. Claud. 27 fin.; id. Dom. 22.—
And with a negation, = nondum: ipsa ego non longos etiam tum scissa capillos,
not yet long, Ov. H. 8, 79.—
7.
Tum etiam.
(α).
Followed by si or cum, even if, even when:
atque equidem filium Tum etiam si nolit, cogam,
Ter. Ad. 5, 3, 65:
qui tum etiam cum... circumfusi erant caligine,
Cic. Tusc. 1, 19, 45.—
(β).
Then also, then too, besides:
tum etiam illud cogitatote, sic vivere Cornelium ut, etc.,
Cic. Balb. 28, 65; id. N. D. 1, 16, 43; so id. Leg. 1, 13, 35; id. Fin. 2, 16, 53; Col. 12 praef.—
8.
Tum quoque.
(α).
Also then, then likewise, then as before, then as on another occasion mentioned before: ceu lapidem si Percutiat lapis aut ferrum;
nam tum quoque lumen Exsilit,
Lucr. 6, 162:
tum quoque homini plus tribui quam nescio cui necessitati,
Cic. Prov. Cons. 11, 28:
tum quoque multis milibus Latinorum in civitatem acceptis,
Liv. 1, 33, 5; 2, 52, 2; 21, 22, 4; Caes. B. C. 3, 37; Ov. M. 14, 369.—
(β).
Even then, = etiam tum (rare):
et tamen tum quoque se absentes triumphare credunt,
Liv. 45, 38, 13; 39, 41, 3; 39, 47, 11; Ov. H. 17 (18), 190.—
(γ).
In orat. obliq. (v. I. A. 2.), even now:
quod si Romani tum quoque aequa aspernarentur,
Liv. 42, 62, 7. —
(δ).
= sic quoque, even under the circumstances, even as it was, etc. (v. sic, V. 3.): ut si effugium patuisset in publicum, impleturae urbem tumultu fuerint. Tum quoque [p. 1912] aliquotiens integro corpore evaserunt, Liv. 24, 26, 13; 40, 16, 6; 43, 4, 1;
9, 13, 9: tum quoque, amputata dextra, navem sinistra comprehendit,
Just. 2, 9, 18.—
9.
Tum ipsum = eo ipso tempore, at the very time, just then, even then (only in Cic. in four passages; cf.:
nunc ipsum): tota igitur ratio talium largitionum vitiosa est, temporibus necessaria, et tum ipsum... moderanda est,
Cic. Off. 2, 17, 60:
quem quidem cum sua voluntate ex patria Karthaginem revertisset, tum ipsum cum vigiliis et fame cruciaretur, clamat virtus beatiorem fuisse quam Thorium,
id. Fin. 2, 20, 65 Madv. ad loc.:
tum ipsum cum immolare velis extorum fieri mutatio potest,
id. Div. 1, 52, 118:
ita (oratores), non injuria, quotienscunque dicerent, id quod aliquando posset accidere, ne tum ipsum accideret, timere,
id. Or. 1, 27, 123.—
C.
Tum with co-ordinating particles.
1.
Tum autem.
(α).
= praeterea, and then, besides (v. I. C. 1.): turpilucricupidum te vocant cives tui;
tum autem sunt alii qui te volturium vocant,
Plaut. Trin. 1, 2, 64:
oves scabrae sunt... Tum autem Surorum nemo exstat qui ibi sex menses vixerit,
id. ib. 2, 4, 141; id. Mil. 4, 2, 13; id. Pers. 4, 2, 3; id. Poen. 5, 5, 34; 5, 7, 22; Ter. And. 1, 5, 34; id. Eun. 5, 9, 7; id. Hec. 2, 1, 14; 3, 2, 10:
tum autem qui non ipso honesto movemur... callidi sumus, non boni,
Cic. Leg. 1, 14, 41; id. Or. 1, 58, 247; 2, 19, 80.—
(β).
= tum... tum:
visne igitur inter hos populos inambulantes, tum autem residentes quaeramus eisdem de rebus?
Cic. Leg. 1, 5, 15.—
(γ).
= eo tempore, with autem as connective:
tum illic autem Lemnius... uxorem duxit, etc.,
Plaut. Cist. 1, 3, 25:
tum autem ex omnibus montibus nives proluit,
Caes. B. C. 1, 48.—
(δ).
But in this instance:
uxori emunda ancilla'st: tum autem pluscula Supellectile opus est,
Ter. Phorm. 4, 3, 60; 5, 7, 25 sq.—
2.
For tum etiam, v. B. 7. b.—
3.
Tum praeterea:
nam tui similis est probe. Tum praeterea talem, nisi tu, nulla pareret filium,
Ter. Heaut. 5, 3, 20; so id. Ad. 3, 2, 47; id. Phorm. 3, 2, 33; Cic. Verr. 1, 18, 56 (v. I. C. 3. e. l).—
4.
Tum porro:
tum porro venti magnam quoque tollere partem Umoris possunt,
Lucr. 6, 623; 4, 829 (827).—
D.
Quid tum?
1.
In dialogue, what then? what next? what further? novi ego hos pugnos meos. Ca. Quid tum? Th. Quid tum? Rogitas? Hisce ego, si tu me inritaveris, placidum te hodie reddam, Plaut. Curc. 5, 3, 49; so id. As. 2, 2, 83; Ter. Eun. 2, 2, 47; 3, 5, 66; id. Phorm. 3, 3, 8.—And strengthened:
quid tum postea?
Plaut. Trin. 3, 3, 41; id. As. 2, 2, 68; 2, 2, 79; Ter. Eun. 2, 3, 78; 4, 2, 9; 4, 7, 23; id. Ad. 4, 5, 15; id. Hec. 4, 1, 36: videsne abundare me otio? A. Quid tum? Cic. Tusc. 2, 11, 26.—
2.
In imitation of a dialogue:
at mulctantur bonis exsules. Quid tum? Parumne multa de toleranda paupertate dicuntur?
Cic. Tusc. 5, 37, 107; so id. Quint. 22, 72; 27, 84; id. Verr. 2, 4, 59, § 132; id. Dom. 47, 123; id. Dejot. 7, 22; id. Phil. 1, 10, 26; Hor. S. 2, 3, 230.—
3.
As emphatic co-ordinative in quoting the different items of a document, law, etc.: quive in senatu sententiam dixit, dixerit. Quid tum? Qui eorum coiit, coierit, etc., what next? i. e. and then, listen! Cic. Clu. 54, 148; so id. Agr. 1, 5, 16; 3, 3, 11; id. Mur. 12, 26; id. Fl. 23, 55.—
E.
Tum temporis = eo tempore (post class. and rare; cf.:
tunc temporis): postera die civitas principem suum, ac tum temporis consulem in foro expectabat,
Just. 31, 2, 6.

Lewis & Short latin dictionary > tum
46 χωρέω

χωρέω fut. χωρήσω; 1 aor. ἐχώρησα; pf. κεχώρηκα (Just., Tat., Ath.) (Hom.+)

① to make movement from one place or position to another, go, go out/away, reach (Trag. et al.; pap)

ⓐ lit. (Just., A I, 19, 5 εἰς ἐκεῖνο χωρεῖν ἕκαστον ἐξ οὗπερ ἐγένετο) of food εἰς τὴν κοιλίαν χωρεῖ Mt 15:17 (=εἰσπορεύεται Mk 7:19.—Aristot., Probl. 1, 55 the drink εἰς τὰς σάρκας χωρεῖ). τοιαύτη διὰ τῆς σαρκὸς αὐτοῦ καὶ ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς ἔκρυσις ἐχώρησεν so strong was the discharge from his (Judas’s) body that it affected an entire region Papias (3:3). Of pers. εἰς τὸν ἴδιον τόπον μέλλει χωρεῖν IMg 5:1; cp. IEph 16:2. οὗ μέλλουσι χωρήσειν, τοῦτο that, to which they are destined to go Dg 8:2. εἴς τινα to someone (Appian, Bell. Civ. 3, 95 §395 χ. ἐς τὸν ἀδελφόν; 5, 29 §114) of Christ, who has gone to the Father IMg 7:2. ἔτι κάτω χώρει go down still farther Mt 20:28 D. Of the head of a tall figure χωροῦσα μέχρι τοῦ οὐρανοῦ it reached up to the sky GPt 10:40 (like Eris: Il. 4, 443).

ⓑ fig., of a report (Pla., Ep. 7, 333a; 338b λόγος ἐχώρει) εἰς ἡμᾶς ἐχώρησεν it has reached us 1 Cl 47:7. εἰς μετάνοιαν χωρεῖν come to repentance 2 Pt 3:9 (cp. Appian, Bell. Civ. 5, 30 §115 ἐς ἀπόστασιν χ.=turned to revolt). εἴς τι ἀγαθὸν χωρεῖν lead to some good B 21:7 (Soph., El. 615 εἰς ἔργον; Aristoph., Ran. 641 ἐς τὸ δίκαιον).

② to make an advance in movement, be in motion, go forward, make progress (Pla., Cratyl. 19, 402a the saying of Heraclitus πάντα χωρεῖ καὶ οὐδὲν μένει; Hdt. 3, 42; 5, 89; 7, 10; 8, 68; Aristoph., Pax 472; 509, Nub. 907; Polyb. 10, 35, 4; 28, 15, 12; Dionys. Hal. 1, 64, 4; Plut., Galba 1057 [10, 1]; TestIss 1:11 v.l.; Jos., Ant. 12, 242; PTebt 27, 81 ἕκαστα χωρῆσαι κατὰ τὴν ἡμετέραν πρόθεσιν) ὁ λόγος ὁ ἐμὸς οὐ χωρεῖ ἐν ὑμῖν my word makes no headway among you J 8:37 (Moffatt; cp. Weymouth. Eunap., Vi. Soph. p. 103 χωρεῖ λόγος). Or perh. (as in 1b above) there is no place in you for my word (NRSV; cp. Goodsp. and 20th Cent.; Field, Notes 94f, w. ref. to Alciphron, Ep. 3, 7; Bultmann; DTabachovitz, Till betydelsen av χωρεῖν Joh. 8:37: Eranos 31, ’33, 71f.—Perh. also=χώραν ἔχειν Appian, Bell. Civ. 2, 70 §289 ὀλίγην ἐν αὐτοῖς χώραν ἔχειν; Alex. Aphr., Fat. 6 p. 169, 31 Br. χώραν ἐν αὐτοῖς ἔχει τὸ παρὰ φύσιν ‘even that which is contrary to nature has room [to be practiced] among them’; Ath., R. 20 p. 73, 18 οὐδʼ οὕτως ἕξει χώραν ἡ κατʼ αὐτῆς κρίσις not even so would any judgment of [the soul] take place).

③ to have room for, hold, contain

ⓐ lit., of vessels that hold a certain quantity (Hdt. et al.; Diod S 13, 83, 3 of stone πίθοι: χ. ἀμφορεῖς χιλίους; 3 Km 7:24; 2 Ch 4:5 χ. μετρητάς; EpArist 76 χωροῦντες ὑπὲρ δύο μετρητάς; TestNapht 2:2) J 2:6; cp. Hs 9, 2, 1. In a hyperbolic expr. οὐδʼ αὐτὸν τὸν κόσμον χωρῆσαι (v.l. χωρήσειν) τὰ γραφόμενα βιβλία J 21:25 (Philo, Ebr. 32 οὐδὲ τῶν δωρεῶν ἱκανὸς οὐδεὶς χωρῆσαι τὸ ἄφθονον πλῆθος, ἴσως δὲ οὐδʼ ὁ κόσμος ‘no one, probably not even the world, is capable of containing the inexhaustible multitude of their gifts’. On this subj. cp. Pind., O. 2, 98–100, N. 4, 71f; s. also ELucius, Die Anfänge des Heiligenkults 1904, 200, 1; OWeinreich, Antike Heilungswunder 1909, 199–201). Of a space that holds people (Thu. 2, 17, 3; Diod S 13, 61, 6 μὴ δυναμένων χωρῆσαι τῶν τριήρων τὸν ὄχλον=be able to hold the crowd; Plut., Mor. 804b; of theater capacity PSI 186, 4 χωρήσει τὸ θέαδρον [sic]; Gen 13:6; Jos., Bell, 6, 131) without an obj. (cp. οὐ χάρτης χωρεῖ in late pap = the sheet of paper is not large enough) ὥστε μηκέτι χωρεῖν μηδὲ τὰ πρὸς τὴν θύραν so that there was no longer any room, even around the door Mk 2:2. Cp. Hm 5, 2, 5. Of God πάντα χωρῶν, μόνος δὲ ἀχώρητος ὤν containing everything, but the only one uncontained Hm 1:1; quite sim. PtK 2 p. 13, 24 (Mel., P. 5, 38 Χριστός, ὸ̔ς κεχώρηκεν τὰ πάντα).

ⓑ fig.

α. of open-heartedness, having a ‘big heart’ χωρήσατε ἡμᾶς make room for us in your hearts 2 Cor 7:2 (cp. 6:12; Field, Notes 184; PDuff, Apostolic Suffering and the Language of Procession in 2 Cor 4:7–10: BTB 21, ’91, 158–65).

β. grasp in the mental sense, accept, comprehend, understand (Περὶ ὕψους 9, 9 τὴν τοῦ θεοῦ δύναμιν; Plut., Cato Min. 791 [64, 5] τὸ Κάτωνος φρόνημα χωρεῖν; Synes., Kingship 29 p. 31d φιλοσοφία has her abode παρὰ τῷ θεῷ … καὶ ὅταν αὐτὴν μὴ χωρῇ κατιοῦσαν ὁ χθόνιος χῶρος, μένει παρὰ τῷ πατρί=and if she comes down and the region of the earth cannot contain her, she remains with the Father; SIG 814, 11 [67 A.D.]; Mitt-Wilck. I/2, 238, 8; PGM 4, 729; Ps.-Phocyl. 89; Philo; Jos., C. Ap. 1, 225) τὸν λόγον Mt 19:11. Pass. Dg 12:7. W. acc. to be supplied Mt 19:12ab=ISm 6:1; cp. ITr 5:1.

γ. of a native condition permit, allow for ἃ οὐ χωρεῖ ἡ φύσις αὐτῆς=(Mary has had a child) something that her present native (virginal) condition does not allow for GJs 19:3 (s. φύσις 2). DELG s.v. χώρα. M-M. Sv.

Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > χωρέω
47 ὡς

ὡς (Hom.+; loanw. in rabb.) relative adv. of the relative pron. ὅς. It is used as

① a comparative particle, marking the manner in which someth. proceeds, as, like

ⓐ corresponding to οὕτως=‘so, in such a way’: σωθήσεται, οὕτως ὡς διὰ πυρός he will be saved, (but only) in such a way as (one, in an attempt to save oneself, must go) through fire (and therefore suffer fr. burns) 1 Cor 3:15. τὴν ἑαυτοῦ γυναῖκα οὕτως ἀγαπάτω ὡς ἑαυτόν Eph 5:33; cp. vs. 28. ἡμέρα κυρίου ὡς κλέπτης οὕτως ἔρχεται 1 Th 5:2. The word οὕτως can also be omitted ἀσφαλίσασθε ὡς οἴδατε make it as secure as you know how = as you can Mt 27:65. ὡς οὐκ οἶδεν αὐτός (in such a way) as he himself does not know = he himself does not know how, without his knowing (just) how Mk 4:27. ὡς ἀνῆκεν (in such a way) as is fitting Col 3:18. Cp. 4:4; Eph 6:20; Tit 1:5 (cp. Just., A I, 3, 1 ὡς πρέπον ἐστίν). ὡς πᾶσα γυνὴ γεννᾷ GJs 11:2; ὡς ἀπεκαλύφθη AcPlCor 1:8.

ⓑ special uses

α. in ellipses (TestAbr A 12 p. 90, 22 [Stone p. 28] θρόνος … ἐξαστράπτων ὡς πῦρ; TestJob 20:3 χρήσασθαι … ὡς ἐβούλετο; JosAs 12:7 πρὸς σὲ κατέφυγον ὡς παιδίον ἐπὶ τὸν πατέρα) ἐλάλουν ὡς νήπιος I used to speak as a child (is accustomed to speak) 1 Cor 13:11a; cp. bc; Mk 10:15; Eph 6:6a; Phil 2:22; Col 3:22. ὡς τέκνα φωτὸς περιπατεῖτε walk as (is appropriate for) children of light Eph 5:8; cp. 6:6b. ὡς ἐν ἡμέρᾳ as (it is one’s duty to walk) in the daylight Ro 13:13. The Israelites went through the Red Sea ὡς διὰ ξηρᾶς γῆς as (one travels) over dry land Hb 11:29. οὐ λέγει ὡς ἐπὶ πολλῶν ἀλλʼ ὡς ἐφʼ ἑνός he speaks not as one would of a plurality (s. ἐπί 8), but as of a single thing Gal 3:16.—Ro 15:15; 1 Pt 5:3. Also referring back to οὕτως (GrBar 6:16 ὡς γὰρ τὰ δίστομα οὕτως καὶ ὁ ἀλέκτωρ μηνύει τοῖς ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ like articulate beings the rooster informs earth’s inhabitants) οὕτως τρέχω ὡς οὐκ ἀδήλως I run as (a person) with a fixed goal 1 Cor 9:26a. Cp. ibid. b; Js 2:12.

β. ὡς and the words that go w. it can be the subj. or obj., of a clause: γενηθήτω σοι ὡς θέλεις let it be done (= it will be done) for you as you wish Mt 15:28. Cp. 8:13; Lk 14:22 v.l. (for ὅ; cp. ὡς τὸ θέλημά σου OdeSol 11:21). The predicate belonging to such a subj. is to be supplied in οὐχ ὡς ἐγὼ θέλω (γενηθήτω) Mt 26:39a.—ἐποίησεν ὡς προσέταξεν αὐτῷ ὁ ἄγγελος he did as (= that which) the angel commanded him (to do) Mt 1:24; cp. 26:19 (on the structure s. RPesch, BZ 10, ’66, 220–45; 11, ’67, 79–95; cp. the formula Job 42:9 and the contrasting negation Ex 1:17; s. also Ex 3:21f); 28:15.—Practically equivalent to ὅ, which is a v.l. for it Mk 14:72 (JBirdsall, NovT 2, ’58, 272–75; cp. Lk 14:22 above).

γ. ἕκαστος ὡς each one as or according to what Ro 12:3; 1 Cor 3:5; 7:17ab; Rv 22:12. ὡς ἦν δυνατὸς ἕκαστος each person interpreted them as best each could Papias (2:16).

δ. in indirect questions (X., Cyr. 1, 5, 11 ἀπαίδευτοι ὡς χρὴ συμμάχοις χρῆσθαι) ἐξηγοῦντο ὡς ἐγνώσθη αὐτοῖς ἐν τῇ κλάσει τοῦ ἄρτου they told how he had made himself known to them when they broke bread together Lk 24:35. Cp. Mk 12:26 v.l. (for πῶς); Lk 8:47; 23:55; Ac 10:38; 20:20; Ro 11:2; 2 Cor 7:15.

② a conjunction marking a point of comparison, as. This ‘as’ can have a ‘so’ expressly corresponding to it or not, as the case may be; further, both sides of the comparison can be expressed in complete clauses, or one or even both may be abbreviated.

ⓐ ὡς is correlative w. οὕτως=so. οὕτως … ὡς (so, in such a way) … as: οὐδέποτε ἐλάλησεν οὕτως ἄνθρωπος ὡς οὗτος λαλεῖ ὁ ἄνθρωπος J 7:46. ὡς … οὕτως Ac 8:32 (Is 53:7); 23:11; Ro 5:15 (ὡς τὸ παράπτωμα, οὕτως καὶ τὸ χάρισμα, both halves to be completed), 18. ὡς κοινωνοί ἐστε τῶν παθημάτων, οὕτως καὶ τῆς παρακλήσεως as you are comrades in suffering, so (shall you be) in comfort as well 2 Cor 1:7. Cp. 7:14; 11:3 v.l.—ὡς … καί as … so (Plut., Mor. 39e; Ath. 15, 2) Mt 6:10; Ac 7:51; 2 Cor 13:2; Gal 1:9; Phil 1:20.

ⓑ The clause beginning w. ὡς can easily be understood and supplied in many cases; when this occurs, the noun upon which the comparison depends can often stand alone, and in these cases ὡς acts as a particle denoting comparison. οἱ δίκαιοι ἐκλάμψουσιν ὡς ὁ ἥλιος the righteous will shine out as the sun (shines) Mt 13:43. ὡς ἐπὶ λῃστὴν ἐξήλθατε συλλαβεῖν με as (one goes out) against a robber, (so) you have gone out to arrest me 26:55 (Mel., P. 79, 574 ὡς ἐπὶ φόνιον λῄστην). γίνεσθε φρόνιμοι ὡς οἱ ὄφεις be (as) wise as serpents (are) 10:16b. Cp. Lk 12:27; 21:35; 22:31; J 15:6; 2 Ti 2:17; 1 Pt 5:8.

ⓒ Semitic infl. is felt in the manner in which ὡς, combined w. a subst., takes the place of a subst. or an adj.

α. a substantive

א. as subj. (cp. Da 7:13 ὡς υἱὸς ἀνθρώπου ἤρχετο; cp. 10:16, 18) ἐνώπιον τοῦ θρόνου (ἦν) ὡς θάλασσα ὑαλίνη before the throne there was something like a sea of glass Rv 4:6. Cp. 8:8; 9:7a. ἀφʼ ἑνὸς ἐγενήθησαν ὡς ἡ ἄμμος from one man they have come into being as the sand, i.e. countless descendants Hb 11:12.

ב. as obj. (JosAs 17:6 εἶδεν Ἀσενὲθ ὡς ἅρμα πυρός) ᾂδουσιν ὡς ᾠδὴν καινήν they were singing, as it were, a new song Rv 14:3. ἤκουσα ὡς φωνήν I heard what sounded like a shout 19:1, 6abc; cp. 6:1.

β. as adjective, pred. (mostly εἶναι, γίνεσθαι ὡς; the latter also in rendering of ךְּ to express the basic reality of something: GDelling, Jüd. Lehre u. Frömmigkeit ’67, p. 58, on ParJer 9:7) ἐὰν μὴ γένησθε ὡς τὰ παιδία if you do not become child-like Mt 18:3. ὡς ἄγγελοί εἰσιν they are similar to angels 22:30. πᾶσα σὰρξ ὡς χόρτος 1 Pt 1:24. Cp. Mk 6:34; 12:25; Lk 22:26ab; Ro 9:27 (Is 10:22); 29a (Is 1:9a); 1 Cor 4:13; 7:7f, 29–31; 9:20f; 2 Pt 3:8ab (Ps 89:4); Rv 6:12ab al. (cp. GrBar 14:1 ἐγένετο φωνὴ ὡς βροντή). Sim. also ποίησόν με ὡς ἕνα τῶν μισθίων σου treat me like one of your day laborers Lk 15:19.—The adj. or adjectival expr. for which this form stands may be used as an attribute πίστιν ὡς κόκκον σινάπεως faith like a mustard seed=faith no greater than a tiny mustard seed Mt 17:20; Lk 17:6. προφήτης ὡς εἷς τῶν προφητῶν Mk 6:15. Cp. Ac 3:22; 7:37 (both Dt 18:15); 10:11; 11:5. ἐγένετο ὡς εἷς τῶν φευγόντων AcPl Ha 5, 18. ἀρνίον ὡς ἐσφαγμένον a lamb that appeared to have been slaughtered Rv 5:6.—In expressions like τρίχας ὡς τρίχας γυναικῶν 9:8a the second τρίχας can be omitted as self-evident (Ps 54:7 v.l.): ἡ φωνὴ ὡς σάλπιγγος 4:1; cp. 1:10; 9:8b; 13:2a; 14:2c; 16:3.

ⓓ other noteworthy uses

α. ὡς as can introduce an example ὡς καὶ Ἠλίας ἐποίησεν Lk 9:54 v.l.; cp. 1 Pt 3:6; or, in the combination ὡς γέγραπται, a scripture quotation Mk 1:2 v.l.; 7:6; Lk 3:4; Ac 13:33; cp. Ro 9:25; or even an authoritative human opinion Ac 17:28; 22:5; 25:10; or any other decisive reason Mt 5:48; 6:12 (ὡς καί).

β. ὡς introduces short clauses: ὡς εἰώθει as his custom was Mk 10:1. Cp. Hs 5, 1, 2. ὡς λογίζομαι as I think 1 Pt 5:12. ὡς ἐνομίζετο as was supposed Lk 3:23 (Diog. L. 3, 2 ὡς Ἀθήνησιν ἦν λόγος [about Plato’s origin]; TestAbr A 5 p. 82, 32 [Stone p. 12] ὡς ἐμοὶ δοκεῖ; Just., A I, 6, 2 ὡς ἐδιδάχθημεν). ὡς ἦν as he was Mk 4:36. ὡς ἔφην Papias (2:15) (ApcMos 42; cp. Just., A I, 21, 6 ὡς προέφημεν).

γ. The expr. οὕτως ἐστὶν ἡ βασιλεία τοῦ θεοῦ ὡς ἄνθρωπος βάλῃ τὸν σπόρον Mk 4:26 may well exhibit colloquial syntax; but some think that ἄν (so one v.l. [=ἐάν, which is read by many mss.]) once stood before ἄνθρωπος and was lost inadvertently. S. the comm., e.g. EKlostermann, Hdb. z. NT⁴ ’50 ad loc.; s. also Jülicher, Gleichn. 539; B-D-F §380, 4; Mlt. 185 w. notes; Rdm.² 154; Rob. 928; 968.

③ marker introducing the perspective from which a pers., thing, or activity is viewed or understood as to character, function, or role, as

ⓐ w. focus on quality, circumstance, or role

α. as (JosAs 26:7 ἔγνω … Λευὶς … ταῦτα πάντα ὡς προφήτης; Just., A I, 7, 4 ἵνα ὡς ἄδικος κολάζηται) τί ἔτι κἀγὼ ὡς ἁμαρτωλὸς κρίνομαι; why am I still being condemned as a sinner? Ro 3:7. ὡς σοφὸς ἀρχιτέκτων 1 Cor 3:10. ὡς ἀρτιγέννητα βρέφη as newborn children (in reference to desire for maternal milk) 1 Pt 2:2. μή τις ὑμῶν πασχέτω ὡς φονεύς 4:15a; cp. b, 16.—1:14; 1 Cor 7:25; 2 Cor 6:4; Eph 5:1; Col 3:12; 1 Th 2:4, 7a.—In the oblique cases, genitive (ApcSed 16:2 ὡς νέου αὐτοῦ ἐπαράβλεπον τὰ πταίσματα αὐτοῦ; Just., A I, 14, 4 ὑμέτερον ἔστω ὡς δυνατῶν βασιλέων): τιμίῳ αἵματι ὡς ἀμνοῦ ἀμώμου Χριστοῦ with the precious blood of Christ, as of a lamb without blemish 1 Pt 1:19. δόξαν ὡς μονογενοῦς παρὰ πατρός glory as of an only-begotten son, coming from the Father J 1:14. Cp. Hb 12:27. Dative (Ath. 14, 2 θύουσιν ὡς θεοῖς; 28, 3 πιστεύειν ὡς μυθοποιῷ; Stephan. Byz. s.v. Κυνόσαργες: Ἡρακλεῖ ὡς θεῷ θύων): λαλῆσαι ὑμῖν ὡς πνευματικοῖς 1 Cor 3:1a; cp. bc; 10:15; 2 Cor 6:13; Hb 12:5; 1 Pt 2:13f; 3:7ab; 2 Pt 1:19. Accusative (JosAs 22:8 ἠγάπα αὐτὸν ὡς ἄνδρα προφήτην; Just., A I, 4, 4 τὸ ὄνομα ὡς ἔλεγχον λαμβάνετε; Tat. 27, 1 ὡς ἀθεωτάτους ἡμᾶς ἐκκηρύσσετε; Ath. 16, 4 οὐ προσκυνῶ αὐτὰ ὡς θεοὺς): οὐχ ὡς θεὸν ἐδόξασαν Ro 1:21; 1 Cor 4:14; 8:7; Tit 1:7; Phlm 16; Hb 6:19; 11:9. παρακαλῶ ὡς παροίκους καὶ παρεπιδήμους 1 Pt 2:11 (from the perspective of their conversion experience the recipients of the letter are compared to temporary residents and disenfranchised foreigners, cp. the imagery 1 Pt 1:19 above and s. παρεπίδημος and πάροικος 2).—This is prob. also the place for ὸ̔ ἐὰν ποιῆτε, ἐργάζεσθε ὡς τῷ κυρίῳ whatever you have to do, do it as work for the Lord Col 3:23. Cp. Eph 5:22. εἴ τις λαλεῖ ὡς λόγια θεοῦ if anyone preaches, (let the pers. do so) as if (engaged in proclaiming the) words of God 1 Pt 4:11a; cp. ibid. b; 2 Cor 2:17bc; Eph 6:5, 7.

β. ὡς w. ptc. gives the reason for an action as one who, because (X., Cyr. 7, 5, 13 κατεγέλων τῆς πολιορκίας ὡς ἔχοντες τὰ ἐπιτήδεια; Appian, Liby. 56 §244 μέμφεσθαι τοῖς θεοῖς ὡς ἐπιβουλεύουσι=as being hostile; Polyaenus 2, 1, 1; 3, 10, 3 ὡς ἔχων=just as if he had; TestAbr B 8 p. 112, 17 [Stone p. 72] ὡς αὐτῷ ὄντι φίλῳ μου (do it for) him [Abraham] as a friend of mine; TestJob 17:5 καθʼ ἡμῶν ὡς τυραννούντων against us as though we were tyrants; ApcMos 23 ὡς νομίζοντες on the assumption that (we would not be discovered); Jos., Ant. 1, 251; Ath. 16, 1 ὁ δὲ κόσμος οὐχ ὡς δεομένου τοῦ θεοῦ γέγονεν; SIG 1168, 35); Paul says: I appealed to the Emperor οὐχ ὡς τοῦ ἔθνους μου ἔχων τι κατηγορεῖν not that I had any charge to bring against my (own) people Ac 28:19 (PCairZen 44, 23 [257 B.C.] οὐχ ὡς μενῶν=not as if it were my purpose to remain there). ὡς foll. by the gen. abs. ὡς τὰ πάντα ἡμῖν τῆς θείας δυνάμεως αὐτοῦ δεδωρημένης because his divine power has granted us everything 2 Pt 1:3. Cp. Dg. 5:16.—Only in isolated instances does ὡς show causal force when used w. a finite verb for, seeing that (PLeid 16, 1, 20; Lucian, Dial. Mort. 17, 2, end, Vit. Auct. 25; Aesop, Fab. 109 P.=148 H.; 111 H-H.: ὡς εὐθέως ἐξελεύσομαι=because; Tetrast. Iamb. 1, 6, 3; Nicetas Eugen. 6, 131 H. Cp. Herodas 10, 3: ὡς=because [with the copula ‘is’ to be supplied]) Mt 6:12 (ὡς καί as Mk 7:37 v.l.; TestDan 3:1 v.l.; the parallel Lk 11:4 has γάρ). AcPlCor 1:6 ὡς οὖν ὁ κύριος ἠλέησεν ἡμᾶς inasmuch as the Lord has shown us mercy (by permitting us). So, more oft., καθώς (q.v. 3).

γ. ὡς before the predicate acc. or nom. w. certain verbs functions pleonastically and further contributes to the aspect of perspective ὡς προφήτην ἔχουσιν τὸν Ἰωάννην Mt 21:26. Cp. Lk 16:1. λογίζεσθαί τινα ὡς foll. by acc. look upon someone as 1 Cor 4:1; 2 Cor 10:2 (for this pass. s. also c below). Cp. 2 Th 3:15ab; Phil 2:7; Js 2:9.

ⓑ w. focus on a conclusion existing only in someone’s imagination or based solely on someone’s assertion (PsSol 8:30; Jos., Bell. 3, 346; Just., A I, 27, 5; Mel., P. 58, 422) προσηνέγκατέ μοι τὸν ἄνθρωπον τοῦτον ὡς ἀποστρέφοντα τὸν λαόν, καὶ ἰδοὺ … you have brought this fellow before me as one who (as you claim) is misleading the people, and now … Lk 23:14. τί καυχᾶσαι ὡς μὴ λαβών; why do you boast, as though you (as you think) had not received? 1 Cor 4:7. Cp. Ac 3:12; 23:15, 20; 27:30. ὡς μὴ ἐρχομένου μου as though I were not coming (acc. to their mistaken idea) 1 Cor 4:18. ὡς μελλούσης τῆς πόλεως αἴρεσθαι assuming that the city was being destroyed AcPl Ha 5, 16.

ⓒ w. focus on what is objectively false or erroneous ἐπιστολὴ ὡς διʼ ἡμῶν a letter (falsely) alleged to be from us 2 Th 2:2a (Diod S 33, 5, 5 ἔπεμψαν ὡς παρὰ τῶν πρεσβευτῶν ἐπιστολήν they sent a letter which purported to come from the emissaries; Diog. L. 10:3 falsified ἐπιστολαὶ ὡς Ἐπικούρου; Just., A, II, 5, 5 ὡς ἀπʼ αὐτοῦ σπορᾷ γενομένους υἱούς). τοὺς λογιζομένους ἡμᾶς ὡς κατὰ σάρκα περιπατοῦντας 2 Cor 10:2 (s. also aγ above). Cp. 11:17; 13:7. Israel wishes to become righteous οὐκ ἐκ πίστεως ἀλλʼ ὡς ἐξ ἔργων not through faith but through deeds (the latter way being objectively wrong) Ro 9:32 (Rdm.² 26f). ὡς ἐκ παραδόσεως ἀγράφου εἰς αὐτὸν ἥκοντα (other matters he recounts) as having reached him through unwritten tradition (Eus. about Papias) Papias (2:11).

④ conj., marker of result in connection with indication of purpose=ὥστε so that (Trag., Hdt.+, though nearly always w. the inf.; so also POxy 1040, 11; PFlor 370, 10; Wsd 5:12; TestJob 39:7; ApcMos 38; Jos., Ant. 12, 229; Just., A I, 56, 2; Tat. 12, 2. W. the indic. X., Cyr. 5, 4, 11 οὕτω μοι ἐβοήθησας ὡς σέσῳσμαι; Philostrat., Vi. Apoll. 8, 7 p. 324, 25f; Jos., Bell. 3, 343; Ath. 15, 3; 22, 2) Hb 3:11; 4:3 (both Ps 94:11). ὡς αὐτὸν καθόλου τὸ φῶς μὴ βλέπειν Papias (3:2) (s. φῶς 1a). ὡς πάντας ἄχθεσθαι (s. ἄχθομαι) AcPl Ha 4, 14. ὡς πάντας … ἀγαλλιᾶσθαι 6, 31 al.

⑤ marker of discourse content, that, the fact that after verbs of knowing, saying (even introducing direct discourse: Maximus Tyr. 5:4f), hearing, etc.=ὅτι that (X., An. 1, 3, 5; Menand., Sam. 590 S. [245 Kö.]; Aeneas Tact. 402; 1342; PTebt 10, 6 [119 B.C.]; 1 Km 13:11; EpArist; Philo, Op. M. 9; Jos., Ant. 7, 39; 9, 162; 15, 249 al.; Just., A I, 60, 2; Tat. 39, 2; 41, 1; Ath. 30, 4.—ORiemann, RevPhilol n.s. 6, 1882, 73–75; HKallenberg, RhM n.s. 68, 1913, 465–76; B-D-F §396) ἀναγινώσκειν Mk 12:26 v.l. (for πῶς); Lk 6:4 (w. πῶς as v.l.). μνησθῆναι Lk 24:6 (D ὅσα); cp. 22:61 (=Lat. quomodo, as in ms. c of the Old Itala; cp. Plautus, Poen. 3, 1, 54–56). ἐπίστασθαι (Jos., Ant. 7, 372) Ac 10:28; 20:18b v.l. (for πῶς). εἰδέναι (MAI 37, 1912, 183 [= Kl. T. 110, 81, 10] ἴστε ὡς [131/132 A.D.]) 1 Th 2:11a. μάρτυς ὡς Ro 1:9; Phil 1:8; 1 Th 2:10.—ὡς ὅτι s. ὅτι 5b.

⑥ w. numerals, a degree that approximates a point on a scale of extent, about, approximately, nearly (Hdt., Thu. et al.; PAmh 72, 12; PTebt 381, 4 [VSchuman, ClW 28, ’34/35, 95f: pap]; Jos., Ant. 6, 95; Ruth 1:4; 1 Km 14:2; TestJob 31:2; JosAs 1:6) ὡς δισχίλιοι Mk 5:13. Cp. 8:9; Lk 1:56; 8:42; J 1:39; 4:6; 6:10, 19; 19:14, 39; 21:8; Ac 4:4; 5:7, 36; 13:18, 20; 27:37 v.l. (Hemer, Acts 149 n. 140); Rv 8:1.

⑦ a relatively high point on a scale involving exclamation, how! (X., Cyr. 1, 3, 2 ὦ μῆτερ, ὡς καλός μοι ὁ πάππος! Himerius, Or. 54 [=Or. 15], 1 ὡς ἡδύ μοι τὸ θέατρον=how pleasant … ! Ps 8:2; 72:1; TestJob 7:12) ὡς ὡραῖοι οἱ πόδες τῶν εὐαγγελιζομένων ἀγαθά Ro 10:15 (cp. Is 52:7). Cp. 11:33. ὡς μεγάλη μοι ἡ σήμερον ἡμέρα GJs 19:2.

⑧ temporal conjunction (B-D-F §455, 2; 3; Harnack, SBBerlAk 1908, 392).

ⓐ w. the aor. when, after (Hom., Hdt. et al.; Diod S 14, 80, 1; pap [POxy 1489, 4 al.]; LXX; TestAbr B 3 p. 107, 6 [Stone p. 62]; JosAs 3:2; ParJer 3:1; ApcMos 22; Jos., Bell. 1, 445b; Just., D. 2, 4; 3, 1) ὡς ἐπλήσθησαν αἱ ἡμέραι Lk 1:23. ὡς ἐγεύσατο ὁ ἀρχιτρίκλινος J 2:9.—Lk 1:41, 44; 2:15, 39; 4:25; 5:4; 7:12; 15:25; 19:5; 22:66; 23:26; J 4:1, 40; 6:12, 16; 7:10; 11:6, 20, 29, 32f; 18:6; 19:33; 21:9; Ac 5:24; 10:7, 25; 13:29; 14:5; 16:10, 15; 17:13; 18:5; 19:21; 21:1, 12; 22:25; 27:1, 27; 28:4. AcPl Ha 3, 20.

ⓑ w. pres. or impf. while, when, as long as (Menand., Fgm. 538, 2 K. ὡς ὁδοιπορεῖς; Cyrill. Scyth. [VI A.D.] ed. ESchwartz ’39 p. 143, 1; 207, 22 ὡς ἔτι εἰμί=as long as I live) ὡς ὑπάγεις μετὰ τοῦ ἀντιδίκου σου while you are going with your opponent Lk 12:58. ὡς ἐλάλει ἡμῖν, ὡς διήνοιγεν ἡμῖν τὰς γραφάς while he was talking, while he was opening the scriptures to us 24:32.—J 2:23; 8:7; 12:35f ( as long as; cp. ἕως 2a); Ac 1:10; 7:23; 9:23; 10:17; 13:25; 19:9; 21:27; 25:14; Gal 6:10 ( as long as); 2 Cl 8:1; 9:7; IRo 2:2; ISm 9:1 (all four as long as).—ὡς w. impf., and in the next clause the aor. ind. w. the same subject (Diod S 15, 45, 4 ὡς ἐθεώρουν …, συνεστήσαντο ‘when [or ‘as soon as’] they noticed …, they put together [a fleet]’; SIG 1169, 58 ὡς ἐνεκάθευδε, εἶδε ‘while he was sleeping [or ‘when he went to sleep’] [in the temple] he saw [a dream or vision]’) Mt 28:9 v.l.; J 20:11; Ac 8:36; 16:4; 22:11.— Since (Soph., Oed. R. 115; Thu. 4, 90, 3) ὡς τοῦτο γέγονεν Mk 9:21.

ⓒ ὡς ἄν or ὡς ἐάν w. subjunctive of the time of an event in the future when, as soon as.

α. ὡς ἄν (Hyperid. 2, 43, 4; Herodas 5, 50; Lucian, Cronosolon 11; PHib 59, 1 [c. 245 B.C.] ὡς ἂν λάβῃς; UPZ 71, 18 [152 B.C.]; PTebt 26, 2. Cp. Witkowski 87; Gen 12:12; Josh 2:14; Is 8:21; Da 3:15 Theod.; Ath. 31, 3 [ἐάν Schwartz]) Ro 15:24; 1 Cor 11:34; Phil 2:23.

β. ὡς ἐάν (PFay 111, 16 [95/96 A.D.] ὡς ἐὰν βλέπῃς) 1 Cl 12:5f; Hv 3, 8, 9; 3, 13, 2.

ⓓ w. the superlative ὡς τάχιστα (a bookish usage; s. B-D-F §244, 1; Rob. 669) as quickly as possible Ac 17:15 (s. ταχέως 1c).

⑨ a final particle, expressing intention/purpose, with a view to, in order to

ⓐ w. subjunctive (Hom.+; TestAbr A 4 p. 80, 33 [Stone p. 8]; SibOr 3, 130; Synes., Hymni 3, 44 [NTerzaghi ’39]) ὡς τελειώσω in order that I might finish Ac 20:24 v.l. (s. Mlt. 249).

ⓑ w. inf. (X.; Arrian [very oft.: ABoehner, De Arriani dicendi genere, diss. Erlangen 1885 p. 56]; PGen 28, 12 [II A.D.]; ZPE 8, ’71, 177: letter of M. Ant. 57, cp. 44–46; 3 Macc 1:2; Joseph.; cp. the use of the opt. Just., D. 2, 3) Lk 9:52. ὡς τελειῶσαι Ac 20:24. ὡς ἔπος εἰπεῖν Hb 7:9 (s. ἔπος).

ⓒ used w. prepositions to indicate the direction intended (Soph., Thu., X. [Kühner-G. I 472 note 1]; Polyb. 1, 29, 1; LRadermacher, Philol 60, 1901, 495f) πορεύεσθαι ὡς ἐπὶ τὴν θάλασσαν Ac 17:14 v.l.—WStählin, Symbolon, ’58, 99–104. S. also ὡσάν, ὡσαύτως, ὡσεί 2, ὥσπερ b, ὡσπερεί, ὥστε 2b. DELG. M-M.

Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > ὡς
48 С-286

HE ПРОРОНИТЬ НИ СЛОВА ((НИ) СЛОВЕЧКА coll) VP subj: human
1. not to say anything

X не проронил ни слова - X didn't say a word (a thing)
X didn't utter a (single) word X said nothing (not a word) X didn't open his mouth
X не проронил Y-y ни слова (о Z-e) = X didn't breathe a word about Z to Y

не проронив ни слова ( Verbal Adv) - without (saying (uttering)) a word.

Бирюков, слушая старушку, не проронил ни слова (Черненок 1). Birukov, listening to the woman, didn't utter a word (1a).

Она (Ахматова) добилась приема у Енукидзе. Тот внимательно её выслушал и не проронил ни слова (Мандельштам 1). She (Akhmatova) managed to get an interview with Yenukidze, who listened to her carefully but said not a word (1a).

Она вспомнила о заложенном жемчуге, о серебре, о салопе и вообразила, что Штольц намекает на этот долг только никак не могла понять, как узнали об этом, она ни слова не проронила не только Обломову об этой тайне, даже Анисье... (Гончаров 1). She remembered the pawned string of pearls, the silver, and the fur coat, and imagined that Stolz was referring to that debt, only she could not understand how he had got to know of it, for she had never breathed a word about it not only to Oblomov, but even to Anisya... (1a).

Маковкина посмотрела на размашистый почерк и, не проронив ни слова, положила листок в папку (Черненок 1). Makovkina looked at the scrawled handwriting and without a word put the paper in her briefcase (1a).

2. not to let anything s.o. says pass by one unheard, to make sure one hears everything

X не проронил ни слова - X didn't miss a word
X didn't miss anything (a thing) (person Y said).
Они (студент и молодой офицер) стали говорить о Лиза-вете... Раскольников не проронил ни одного слова и зараз всё узнал: Лизавета была младшая, сводная (от разных матерей) сестра старухи, и было ей уже тридцать пять лет (Достоевский 3). They (the student and the young officer) began talking about Lizaveta....Raskolnikov did not miss a word and at once learned everything: Lizaveta was the old woman's younger half sister (they had different mothers) and was thirty-five years old (3c).

(author's usage)...Он (Николенька) хотел быть учёным, умным и добрым, как Пьер. В присутствии Пьера на его лице было всегда радостное сияние... Он не проранивал ни одного слова из того, что говорил Пьер... (Толстой 7)....He (Nikolenka) wanted to be learned, wise, and kind like Pierre. In Pierre's presence his face was always radiant with happiness....He never missed anything Pierre said... (7a).

Большой русско-английский фразеологический словарь > С-286
49 не проронить ни слова

• НЕ ПРОРОНИТЬ НИ СЛОВА <(НИ) СЛОВЕЧКА coll>

[VP; subj: human]

=====

1. not to say anything:

- X не проронил ни слова≈ X didn't say a word < а thing>;

- X didn't utter a (single) word;

- X said nothing < not a word>;

- X didn't open his mouth;

|| X не проронил Y-y ни слова( о Z-e) ≈ X didn't breathe a word about Z to Y;

|| не проронив ни слова[Verbal Adv]

⇒ ≈ without (saying < uttering>) a word.

     ♦ Бирюков, слушая старушку, не проронил ни слова (Чернёнок 1). Birukov, listening to the woman, didn't utter a word (1a).

     ♦ Она [Ахматова] добилась приёма у Енукидзе. Тот внимательно её выслушал и не проронил ни слова (Мандельштам 1). She [Akhmatova] managed to get an interview with Yenukidze, who listened to her carefully but said not a word (1a).

     ♦ Она вспомнила о заложенном жемчуге, о серебре, о салопе и вообразила, что Штольц намекает на этот долг; только никак не могла понять, как узнали об этом, она ни слова не проронила не только Обломову об этой тайне, даже Анисье... (Гончаров 1). She remembered the pawned string of pearls, the silver, and the fur coat, and imagined that Stolz was referring to that debt, only she could not understand how he had got to know of it, for she had never breathed a word about it not only to Oblomov, but even to Anisya... (1a).

     ♦ Маковкина посмотрела на размашистый почерк и, не проронив ни слова, положила листок в папку (Чернёнок 1). Makovkina looked at the scrawled handwriting and without a word put the paper in her briefcase (1a).

2. not to let anything s.o. says pass by one unheard, to make sure one hears everything:

- X не проронил ни слова≈ X didn't miss a word;

- X didn't miss anything < a thing> (person Y said).

     ♦ Они [студент и молодой офицер] стали говорить о Лизавете... Раскольников не проронил ни одного слова и зараз всё узнал: Лизавета была младшая, сводная (от разных матерей) сестра старухи, и было ей уже тридцать пять лет (Достоевский 3). They [the student and the young officer] began talking about Lizaveta....Raskolnikov did not miss a word and at once learned everything: Lizaveta was the old woman's younger half sister (they had different mothers) and was thirty-five years old (3c).

     ♦ [author's usage]...Он [Николенька] хотел быть учёным, умным и добрым, как Пьер. В присутствии Пьера на его лице было всегда радостное сияние... Он не проранивал ни одного слова из того, что говорил Пьер... (Толстой 7).... Не [Nikolenka] wanted to be learned, wise, and kind like Pierre. In Pierre's presence his face was always radiant with happiness....He never missed anything Pierre said... (7a).

Большой русско-английский фразеологический словарь > не проронить ни слова
50 не проронить ни словечка

• НЕ ПРОРОНИТЬ НИ СЛОВА <(НИ) СЛОВЕЧКА coll>

[VP; subj: human]

=====

1. not to say anything:

- X не проронил ни слова≈ X didn't say a word < а thing>;

- X didn't utter a (single) word;

- X said nothing < not a word>;

- X didn't open his mouth;

|| X не проронил Y-y ни слова( о Z-e) ≈ X didn't breathe a word about Z to Y;

|| не проронив ни слова[Verbal Adv]

⇒ ≈ without (saying < uttering>) a word.

     ♦ Бирюков, слушая старушку, не проронил ни слова (Чернёнок 1). Birukov, listening to the woman, didn't utter a word (1a).

     ♦ Она [Ахматова] добилась приёма у Енукидзе. Тот внимательно её выслушал и не проронил ни слова (Мандельштам 1). She [Akhmatova] managed to get an interview with Yenukidze, who listened to her carefully but said not a word (1a).

     ♦ Она вспомнила о заложенном жемчуге, о серебре, о салопе и вообразила, что Штольц намекает на этот долг; только никак не могла понять, как узнали об этом, она ни слова не проронила не только Обломову об этой тайне, даже Анисье... (Гончаров 1). She remembered the pawned string of pearls, the silver, and the fur coat, and imagined that Stolz was referring to that debt, only she could not understand how he had got to know of it, for she had never breathed a word about it not only to Oblomov, but even to Anisya... (1a).

     ♦ Маковкина посмотрела на размашистый почерк и, не проронив ни слова, положила листок в папку (Чернёнок 1). Makovkina looked at the scrawled handwriting and without a word put the paper in her briefcase (1a).

2. not to let anything s.o. says pass by one unheard, to make sure one hears everything:

- X не проронил ни слова≈ X didn't miss a word;

- X didn't miss anything < a thing> (person Y said).

     ♦ Они [студент и молодой офицер] стали говорить о Лизавете... Раскольников не проронил ни одного слова и зараз всё узнал: Лизавета была младшая, сводная (от разных матерей) сестра старухи, и было ей уже тридцать пять лет (Достоевский 3). They [the student and the young officer] began talking about Lizaveta....Raskolnikov did not miss a word and at once learned everything: Lizaveta was the old woman's younger half sister (they had different mothers) and was thirty-five years old (3c).

     ♦ [author's usage]...Он [Николенька] хотел быть учёным, умным и добрым, как Пьер. В присутствии Пьера на его лице было всегда радостное сияние... Он не проранивал ни одного слова из того, что говорил Пьер... (Толстой 7).... Не [Nikolenka] wanted to be learned, wise, and kind like Pierre. In Pierre's presence his face was always radiant with happiness....He never missed anything Pierre said... (7a).

Большой русско-английский фразеологический словарь > не проронить ни словечка
51 не проронить словечка

• НЕ ПРОРОНИТЬ НИ СЛОВА <(НИ) СЛОВЕЧКА coll>

[VP; subj: human]

=====

1. not to say anything:

- X не проронил ни слова≈ X didn't say a word < а thing>;

- X didn't utter a (single) word;

- X said nothing < not a word>;

- X didn't open his mouth;

|| X не проронил Y-y ни слова( о Z-e) ≈ X didn't breathe a word about Z to Y;

|| не проронив ни слова[Verbal Adv]

⇒ ≈ without (saying < uttering>) a word.

     ♦ Бирюков, слушая старушку, не проронил ни слова (Чернёнок 1). Birukov, listening to the woman, didn't utter a word (1a).

     ♦ Она [Ахматова] добилась приёма у Енукидзе. Тот внимательно её выслушал и не проронил ни слова (Мандельштам 1). She [Akhmatova] managed to get an interview with Yenukidze, who listened to her carefully but said not a word (1a).

     ♦ Она вспомнила о заложенном жемчуге, о серебре, о салопе и вообразила, что Штольц намекает на этот долг; только никак не могла понять, как узнали об этом, она ни слова не проронила не только Обломову об этой тайне, даже Анисье... (Гончаров 1). She remembered the pawned string of pearls, the silver, and the fur coat, and imagined that Stolz was referring to that debt, only she could not understand how he had got to know of it, for she had never breathed a word about it not only to Oblomov, but even to Anisya... (1a).

     ♦ Маковкина посмотрела на размашистый почерк и, не проронив ни слова, положила листок в папку (Чернёнок 1). Makovkina looked at the scrawled handwriting and without a word put the paper in her briefcase (1a).

2. not to let anything s.o. says pass by one unheard, to make sure one hears everything:

- X не проронил ни слова≈ X didn't miss a word;

- X didn't miss anything < a thing> (person Y said).

     ♦ Они [студент и молодой офицер] стали говорить о Лизавете... Раскольников не проронил ни одного слова и зараз всё узнал: Лизавета была младшая, сводная (от разных матерей) сестра старухи, и было ей уже тридцать пять лет (Достоевский 3). They [the student and the young officer] began talking about Lizaveta....Raskolnikov did not miss a word and at once learned everything: Lizaveta was the old woman's younger half sister (they had different mothers) and was thirty-five years old (3c).

     ♦ [author's usage]...Он [Николенька] хотел быть учёным, умным и добрым, как Пьер. В присутствии Пьера на его лице было всегда радостное сияние... Он не проранивал ни одного слова из того, что говорил Пьер... (Толстой 7).... Не [Nikolenka] wanted to be learned, wise, and kind like Pierre. In Pierre's presence his face was always radiant with happiness....He never missed anything Pierre said... (7a).

Большой русско-английский фразеологический словарь > не проронить словечка
52 walau

------------------------------------------------------------

[Swahili Word] walau

[English Word] at least

[Part of Speech] adverb

[Derived Word] Arabic

[Swahili Example] alikuwa na hakika msichana walau angetoa ukelele [Muk]

------------------------------------------------------------

[Swahili Word] walau

[English Word] even

[Part of Speech] adverb

[Derived Word] Arabic

------------------------------------------------------------

[Swahili Word] walau

[English Word] not even

[Part of Speech] adverb

[Derived Word] Arabic

------------------------------------------------------------

[Swahili Word] walau

[English Word] not a single one

[Part of Speech] adverb

[Derived Word] Arabic

------------------------------------------------------------

[Swahili Word] walau

[English Word] although

[Part of Speech] conjunction

[Note] rare

------------------------------------------------------------

[Swahili Word] walau

[English Word] anyhow

[Part of Speech] conjunction

------------------------------------------------------------

[Swahili Word] walau

[English Word] even

[Part of Speech] conjunction

------------------------------------------------------------

[Swahili Word] walau

[English Word] at least

[Part of Speech] conjunction

------------------------------------------------------------

[Swahili Word] walau

[English Word] at any rate

[Part of Speech] conjunction

------------------------------------------------------------

Swahili-english dictionary > walau
53 estímulo

m.

1 encouragement, drive, boost, incentive.

2 incentive, inducement.

* * *

estímulo

► nombre masculino

1 stimulus, stimulation

2 figurado encouragement

3 COMERCIO incentive

* * *

noun m.

1) stimulus

2) encouragement

* * *

SM

1) (Psic) stimulus

2) (=incentivo) incentive

* * *

masculino

a) ( incentivo) encouragement

sirve de estímulo a la inversión — it acts as an incentive to investment, it encourages investment

b) (Biol, Fisiol) stimulus

* * *

= boost, incentive, leaven, prodding, spur, stimulation, stimulus [stimuli, -pl.], encouragement, enhancer, facilitator, prod, kick-start [kickstart], kick-start [kickstart], word of encouragement, nudge, titillation, driving force, stimulant, pick-me-up.

Nota: Generalmente referido a una bebida.

Ex. Consequently, Leforte came to expect -- perhaps even take for granted -- the periodic boosts of ego and income that the evaluations provided.

Ex. This article considers the strengths of a pay scale as a work incentive.

Ex. But the leaven of the principles, promulgated by the International Federation, has not yet penetrated into more than half the lump of documentary material.

Ex. Computers are quite adroit at such simple yes/no response without much prodding.

Ex. This was a spur to several other London boroughs who set up shop-front consumer advice centres from 1972.

Ex. The reader of this work can relive with some degree of verisimilitude the excitement and stimulation created by these institutes and such colloquies as the Kilgour-Lubetzky exchange.

Ex. This was not intended as a criticism of their hard working colleagues but simply as an admission that they needed additional support and stimulus.

Ex. Nevertheless my debts are real, and I particularly want to thank David Foxon for his illuminating commentary on the final sections, and D. F. McKenzie for his encouragement throughout.

Ex. The low regard that many publishers have shown for indexers as enhancers of book sales and profitability may well have been justified in the past.

Ex. Information technology may have acted as a catalyst or facilitator for some of the changes which have occurred.

Ex. She sat back in her chair and considered her supervisor's gentle prods.

Ex. That would be a great kick-start to raising awareness of IFLA 2002.

Ex. That would be a great kick-start to raising awareness of IFLA 2002.

Ex. This he knew happens to employees who are not given a word of encouragement, some recognition.

Ex. Results showed that student teachers needed additional support, either via nudge or overt expectations, to actually apply what they had learned.

Ex. At heart, it is a smirkingly adolescent pursuit of cheap laughs and mild titillation, with a surfeit of jokes involving breasts and bums and with new extremes of scatological humiliation.

Ex. On-line services have been one of the most powerful driving forces moving information away from its traditional definition and towards the commodity view.

Ex. The system consequently retrieves any record in which the term ' stimulants' appears.

Ex. Maybe it's just a passing mood or maybe it's a particularly bad string of events, but sometimes in this hectic life we just need a pick-me-up.

----

* dar estímulo = provide + boost.

* estímulo excesivo = overstimulation.

* estímulos visuales = visual stimuli.

* ofrecer estímulo = provide + stimulus.

* ser un estímulo = be motivating.

* * *

masculino

a) ( incentivo) encouragement

sirve de estímulo a la inversión — it acts as an incentive to investment, it encourages investment

b) (Biol, Fisiol) stimulus

* * *

= boost, incentive, leaven, prodding, spur, stimulation, stimulus [stimuli, -pl.], encouragement, enhancer, facilitator, prod, kick-start [kickstart], kick-start [kickstart], word of encouragement, nudge, titillation, driving force, stimulant, pick-me-up.

Nota: Generalmente referido a una bebida.

Ex: Consequently, Leforte came to expect -- perhaps even take for granted -- the periodic boosts of ego and income that the evaluations provided.

Ex: This article considers the strengths of a pay scale as a work incentive.

Ex: But the leaven of the principles, promulgated by the International Federation, has not yet penetrated into more than half the lump of documentary material.

Ex: Computers are quite adroit at such simple yes/no response without much prodding.

Ex: This was a spur to several other London boroughs who set up shop-front consumer advice centres from 1972.

Ex: The reader of this work can relive with some degree of verisimilitude the excitement and stimulation created by these institutes and such colloquies as the Kilgour-Lubetzky exchange.

Ex: This was not intended as a criticism of their hard working colleagues but simply as an admission that they needed additional support and stimulus.

Ex: Nevertheless my debts are real, and I particularly want to thank David Foxon for his illuminating commentary on the final sections, and D. F. McKenzie for his encouragement throughout.

Ex: The low regard that many publishers have shown for indexers as enhancers of book sales and profitability may well have been justified in the past.

Ex: Information technology may have acted as a catalyst or facilitator for some of the changes which have occurred.

Ex: She sat back in her chair and considered her supervisor's gentle prods.

Ex: That would be a great kick-start to raising awareness of IFLA 2002.

Ex: That would be a great kick-start to raising awareness of IFLA 2002.

Ex: This he knew happens to employees who are not given a word of encouragement, some recognition.

Ex: Results showed that student teachers needed additional support, either via nudge or overt expectations, to actually apply what they had learned.

Ex: At heart, it is a smirkingly adolescent pursuit of cheap laughs and mild titillation, with a surfeit of jokes involving breasts and bums and with new extremes of scatological humiliation.

Ex: On-line services have been one of the most powerful driving forces moving information away from its traditional definition and towards the commodity view.

Ex: The system consequently retrieves any record in which the term ' stimulants' appears.

Ex: Maybe it's just a passing mood or maybe it's a particularly bad string of events, but sometimes in this hectic life we just need a pick-me-up.

* dar estímulo = provide + boost.

* estímulo excesivo = overstimulation.

* estímulos visuales = visual stimuli.

* ofrecer estímulo = provide + stimulus.

* ser un estímulo = be motivating.

* * *

estímulo

masculine

1 (incentivo) encouragement

sirve de estímulo a la inversión it acts as an incentive o a stimulus to investment, it encourages investment

2 ( Biol, Fisiol) stimulus

* * *

Del verbo estimular: ( conjugate estimular)

estimulo es:

1ª persona singular (yo) presente indicativo

estimuló es:

3ª persona singular (él/ella/usted) pretérito indicativo

Multiple Entries:
estimular
estímulo
estimular ( conjugate estimular) verbo transitivo
a) ( en general) to stimulate

b) ( alentar) ‹ persona› to encourage

estímulo sustantivo masculino
a) ( incentivo) incentive

b) (Biol, Fisiol) stimulus

estimular verbo transitivo
1 (dar ánimos) to encourage
2 (potenciar, activar) to stimulate
estímulo sustantivo masculino
1 (acicate, ánimo) encouragement
2 Biol Fís stimulus
(acción) stimulation
' estímulo' also found in these entries:
Spanish:
ánimo
- incentivo
- responder
- respuesta
- revulsiva
- revulsivo
- acicate
- arriba
English:
boost
- encouragement
- inspiration
- lift
- shot
- spur
- stimulation
- stimulus

* * *

estímulo nm

1. [aliciente] incentive;
[ánimo] encouragement;
servir de estímulo to act o serve as an incentive;

medidas de estímulo a la creación de empleo measures to encourage job creation

2. Fisiol stimulus

* * *

estímulo

m

1 stimulus

2 ( incentivo) incentive

* * *

estímulo nm

1) : stimulus

2) incentivo: incentive, encouragement

* * *

estímulo n stimulus [pl. stimuli]

Spanish-English dictionary > estímulo
54 ÞINN

(þin, þitt), poss. pron. thy, thine; þinn heljar-karl, thou hell-carle!; hundrinn þinn, thou dog!.

* * *

þín, þitt, possess. pron.; older and better þínn, þín, þítt, see minn: [Goth. þeins; Engl. thine; Germ. dein; Dan. din]:—thine, thy; þínum drengskap, Nj. 16; dóttur þinnar, 23; þinnar íllsku, 82; föður þíns, 108; fá mér leppa tvá ór hári þínu, 116, and passim.

B. There was also a different use of ‘þinn’ in the vocat., viz. in addressing a person generally in connexion with some word of abuse; þinn heljar-karl, thou hell-carle! Fb. i. 212; þitt íllmenni! Fs. 36; þinn skelmir! 166; also placed after the noun, even with the suffixed article, hefir þú svikit mik, hundrinn þinn! Ísl. ii. 176; mun fóli þinn nokkurum manni grið gefa? Ld. 220; dyðrillinn þinn, Fms. ii. 279; klifar þú nökkvat jafnan mannfýla þin! Nj. 85; hirð eigi þú þat, milki þinn, thou milksop! 182; alldjarfr er þjófrinn þinn, Fms. vii. 127; hvat vill skelmir þinn? Fs. 52; hvat mun þjófr þinn vita til þess? Eb. 106; lydda þin, Krók. 7: also freq. in mod. Dan., Norse, and Swed., e. g. Dan. din hund! din skjelm! dit afskum! ☞ In Norway, even in a sense of compassion, nú frys du í hel, ditt vesle ting! gakk heim-atter, din krok = thou, poor fellow! but more freq. as abuse, di sugga! ditt naut! ditt stygge fæ! or it is even there extended to the first person, eg, min arming, I, poor thing! me, vaarc stakarar = we, poor fellows! eg viste inkje bettra, min daare ! Ivar Aasen’s Norse Gramm. p. 332.

2. in cases other than the vocative, but much more rarely; viltú nú þiggja grið? þá svarar jarl, eigi af hundinum þínum, not from thee, thou dog! Fms. vi. 323; af fretkarli þínum, Fs. 160: acc., er ek sé þik, frænda skömm þína …, er ek ól þinn úvita, Krók. 7 new Ed.; skulu vér færa þinn úvin til heljar, Fms. vi. 212.

3. in old writers even in plur., but very rarely; hví róa. djöflar yðrir (ye devils!), fyrir oss í alla nótt, Fms. ix. 50.—We believe this ‘þinn,’ as a vocative, to be not the possess. pron. but a compounded form of the pers. pron. ‘þú’ and the article ‘inn,’ þinn being qs. þ’inn, literally thou the …! A strong, and almost conclusive, proof of this is that the uncontracted form actually occurs, and is used in exactly the same sense as the contracted ‘þinn;’ þú inn vándi slangi, thou the wicked scamp! Skíða R.; þú inn armi, thou the wretch! Ld. 326; þú inn mikli maðr, thou the great man! Eg. 488; vel, þú hinn góði þjón og trúlyndi, Matth. xxv. 21: the full phrase was accordingly altered in one of two ways; either the article was dropped, þú góði og t. þjón, 20, or pronoun and particle were both contracted into one word, as above. The phrase, we may presume, at first could only have been used in the vocative (þinn!); but the origin being soon lost sight of, it was gradually extended to other cases (hundinum þínum); and even, esp. in mod. usage, to the other possessive pronouns (djöflar yðrir). Bearing this in mind, it is easy to understand why this usage is peculiar to the Scandinavian tongue, for although the possessive pronoun ‘þinn,’ thine, etc., is common to all Teutonic languages, the article ‘inn’ is peculiar to the northern languages, and therefore a word compounded with it would be so also. Analogous are the phrases, sá inn, þat it, þau in, þann inn …, see p. 263, col. 1 (A. II). For another view, see Grimm, Kleine Schr. iii. 256, and 271 sqq.

Íslensk-ensk orðabók > ÞINN
55 ὡς

ὡς:—Summary:

A as ADVERB of Manner.

Aa ὧς and ὥς (with accent), so, thus.

Ab ὡς (without accent) of the Relat. Pron. ὅς, as.

Acὡς Relat. and Interrog., how.

Ad ὡς temporal, when.

Ae ὡς Local, where,

B ὡς, as CONJUNCTION.

C, D various usages.

A ADVERB of Manner:

Aa [full] ὥς, Demonstr., = οὕτως, so, thus, freq. in Hom., Il.1.33, al.; ὢς εἶπ' Sapph.Supp.20
a.11 (Epic style); in [dialect] Ion. Prose, Hdt.3.13, al.; rare in [dialect] Att., and almost confined to certain phrases, v. infr. 2, 3; ὥς simply = οὕτως, A.Ag. 930, Th.3.37, Pl.Prt. 338a; ἀλλ' ὣς γενέσθω E.Hec. 888
, al.

2 καὶ ὧς even so, nevertheless, Il.1.116, al.; οὐδ' ὧς not even so, 7.263, Od.1.6, al., Hdt.6.76; οὐδέ κεν ὧς Il.9.386
: the phrases καὶ ὧς, οὐδ' ὧς, μηδ' ὧς, are used in Trag. and [dialect] Att., S.Ant. 1042, Th.1.74, 7.74; also later, PCair.Zen.19.10 (iii B. C., unaccented), UPZ146.40 (ii B. C.), GDI 1832.11 (Delph., ii B. C.), IG22.850.17 (iii B. C.); κἂν ὧς, εἴπερ μέλει σοι, ἀπόστειλόν μοί τινα POxy.120.11
(iv A. D.); δουλεύων καθὼς καὶ ὧς GDI2160
(Delph., ii B. C.); Thess. καὶ οὗς IG9(2).234.1
(iii B. C.); for this phrase the accentuation ὧς is prescribed by Hdn.Gr.2.932, al., cf. A.D.Synt.307.16, and is found in good Mss. of Homer; for the remaining uses under this head (Aa. 1, 3, 4 ) the accentuation ὥς is prescribed by the same grammarians.

3 in Comparisons, ὥς.., ὡς .., so.. as.., etc.; and reversely ὡς.., ὣς .., as.. so, Il.1.512, 14.265, etc.; in [dialect] Att., Pl.R. 530d; also ὥς τε.. ὣς .., as.. thus.., h.Cer. 174-6, E.Ba. 1066-8; οἷα.. ὥς Id.El. 151
-5; ὥσπερ.., ὣς δὲ .. (in apodosi) Pl.Prt. 326d.

4 thus, for instance, Od.5.129, h.Ven. 218; ὥς shd. be accented in Od.5.121, 125.

Ab [full] ὡς, Relat., as, Hom., etc.; prop. relat. to a demonstr. Adv., which is freq. omitted, κινήθη δ' ἀγορὴ ὡς κύματα μακρὰ θαλάσσης, i. e. οὕτως, ὡς .., Il.2.144 (φὴ Zenod.
): it is relat. not only to the regular demonstr. Advs. ὥς (ὧς), τώς, ὧδε, οὕτως, αὕτως, but also to ταύτῃ, Pl.R. 365d, etc. We find a collat. [dialect] Dor. form ὥ (q. v.); cf. ὥτε. Usage:

I in similes, freq. in Hom., Il.5.161, al.; longer similes are commonly introduced by ὡς ὅτε, ὡς δ' ὅτε, ἤριπε δ', ὡς ὅτε πύργος [ἤριπε] 4.462
: ἤριπε δ', ὡς ὅτε τις δρῦς ἤριπε 13.389
, cf. 2.394; so later, Emp.84.1, etc.; ὡς ὅτε θαητὸν μέγαρον, πάξομεν Pi.O.6.2
: ὡς ὅτε is rare in short similes, Od.11.368: ὡς is folld. by indic. [tense] pres., Il.9.4, 16.364: also by [tense] aor., 3.33 sq., 4.275, 16.823, al.; also by subj. [tense] pres. or [tense] aor., 5.161, 10.183, 485, 13.334 (sts. ὡς δ' ὅτ' ἄν, 11.269, 17.520); cf. ὥστε A:—the Verb is sts. omitted with ὡς, but may be supplied from the context, ἐνδούπησε πεσοῦσ', ὡς εἰναλίη κήξ (sc. πίπτει) Od.15.479, cf. 6.20; θεὸς δ' ὣς τίετο δήμῳ Il.5.78
; οἱ δὲ φέβοντο.., βόες ὣς ἀγελαῖαι Od.22.299
: where ὡς follows the noun to which it refers, it takes the accent; so in Com., Ἀριστόδημος ὥς Cratin.151
, cf. Eub.75.6; v. infr. H.

2 like as, just as, ὡς οὗτος κατὰ τέκν' ἔφαγε.., ὣς ἡμεῖς κτλ. Il.2.326
, v. supr. Aa. 3.

3 sts. in the sense as much as or according as, ἑλὼν κρέας ὥς (i. e. ὅσον) οἱ χεῖρες ἐχάνδανον Od.17.344
; ὦκα δὲ μητρὶ ἔννεπον ὡς (i. e. ὅσα) εἶδόν τε καὶ ἔκλυον h.Cer. 172
; τῶν πάντων οὐ τόσσον ὀδύρομαι.. ὡς ἑνός Od.4.105
; τόσον.. ὡς Il.4.130
; so in Trag., σοὶ θεοὶ πόροιεν ὡς ἐγὼ θέλω S.OC 1124
; ὡς ἐγὼ οὐκ ἔστιν ὑμῶν ὅστις ἐξ ἴσου νοσεῖ Id.OT60
; in Prose, ὡς δύναται as much as he can, Democr.278; τὸ ῥῆμα μέμνημαι ὡς εἶπε Aeschin.3.72
; ὡς μή = ὅσον μή, νέμεν ὅτι ἃν ( = ἂν) βόλητοι ὡς μὴ ἰν τοῖ περιχώροι IG5(2).3.9
(Tegea, iv B. C.); cf. Ab. 11.2 infr.

4 sts. after [comp] Comp., compared with, hence than, μᾶλλον πρέπει οὕτως ὡς .. Pl.Ap. 36d; ἅ γε μείζω πόνον παρέχει.. οὐκ ἂν ῥᾳδίως οὐδὲ πολλὰ ἂν εὕροις ὡς τοῦτο Id.R. 526c
; οὐδενὸς μᾶλλον φροντίζειν ὡς .. Plb.3.12.5, cf. 7.4.5, 11.2.9, Plu.Cor.36: μᾶσσον ὡς is dub. in A.Pr. 629, and <ἢ> shd. perh. be inserted in Lys.7.12,31; cf. ὥσπερ IV.

II with Adverbial clauses:

1 parenthetically, in qualifying clauses, ὡς ἔοικε, etc., Pl. Smp. 176c, etc.: in these cases γε or γοῦν is freq. added, ὡς γοῦν ὁ λόγος σημαίνει as at any rate the argument shows, Id.R. 334a; in some phrases c. inf., v. infr. B. 11.3. An anacoluthon sts. occurs by the Verb of the principal clause being made dependent on the parenthetic Verb, ὡς δὲ Σκύθαι λέγουσι, νεώτατον ἁπάντων ἐθνέων εἶναι (for ἦν) τὸ σφέτερον Hdt.4.5
, cf. 1.65; ὡς ἐγὼ ἤκουσα, εἶναι αὐτόν Id.4.76
; ὡς γὰρ.. ἤκουσά τινος, ὅτι .. X.An.6.4.18 codd.; ἁνὴρ ὅδ' ὡς ἔοικεν οὐ νεμεῖν (for οὐ νεμεῖ, ὡς ἔοικε), S.Tr. 1238.

2 in elliptical phrases, so far as.. (cf. supr. Ab.1.3) ὡς ἐμοί Id.Aj. 395
(lyr.); so ὥς γε ἐμοὶ κριτῇ Ael.VH2.41
and ὥς γ' ἐμοὶ χρῆσθαι κριτῇ E.Alc. 801
; ὡς ἐμῇ δόξῃ X.Vect.5.2
; ὡς ἀπ' ὀμμάτων (sc. εἰκάσαι) to judge by eyesight, S.OC15: esp. in such phrases as οὐκέτι πολλὸν χωρίον, ὡς εἶναι Αἰγύπτου Hdt.2.8
; οὐδὲ ἀδύνατος, ὡς Αακεδαιμόνιος for a Lacedaemonian, Th.4.84, cf. D.H.10.31; ὡς ἀνθρώποις Alcmaeon 1
; φρονεῖ.. ὡς γυνὴ μέγα for a woman, S.OT 1078; πιστός, ὡς νομεύς, ἀνήρ ib. 1118; μακρὰν ὡς γέροντι.. ὁδόν Id.OC20
, cf. 385, Ant.62, etc.; ὡπλισμένοι ὡς ἐν τοῖς ὄρεσιν ἱκανῶς X.An.4.3.31
; also with ἄν, μεγάλα ἐκτήσατο χρήματα, ὡς ἂν εἶναι Ῥοδῶπιν Hdt.2.135
codd. (ἂν secl. Krüger, Ῥοδώπιος cj. Valck.):—for ὡς εἰπεῖν and the like , v. infr. B. 11.3.

3 ὡς attached to the object of the Verb, as, ἑωυτὸν ὡς ἐχθρὸν λυπέει Democr.88
; ἔλαβεν ἀμφοτέρους ὡς φίλους ἤδη X.Cyr.3.2.25
; ἐν οἰκήματι ᾧ ὡς ταμιείῳ ἐχρῆτο Pl.Prt. 315d
.— For the similar usage of ὡς with Participles and Prepositions, v. infr. c.

III with Adverbs:

a with the Posit.,
ὡς ἀληθῶς
truly, Pl.Phdr. 234e
(cf. ἀληθής 111.1b
: as if Adv. of τὸ ἀληθές) ; ὡς ἑτέρως in the other way, ib. 276c, D.18.212 (Adv. of ὁ ἕτερος; v. ἕτερος v. 2) (v. infr. D.1.1); ὡς ἠπίως, ὡς ἐτητύμως, S.El. 1438 (lyr.), 1452; ὡς ὁμοίως SIG708.34
(Istropolis, ii B. C.), LXX 4 Ma.5.21, 1 Enoch5.3, IG7.2725.16 (Acraeph., ii A. D.); ὡς ἐναλλάξ Vett.Val. 215.9
, 340.2; ὡς παντελῶς Id.184.26
; ὡς ἄλλως Is.7.27
, D.6.32; ὡς ἐνδεχομένως PPetr.2p.53
(iii B. C.); in ὣς αὔτως (v. ὡσαύτως ) we have the Adv. of ὁ αὐτός, but the ὥς retains its demonstr. force, as does ὁ in Homer; ὡς ἀληθῶς, ὡς ὁμοίως, and ὡς παντελῶς may be modelled on ὣς αὔτως, with which they are nearly synonymous; so also ὡς ἑτέρως and ὡς ἐναλλάξ, which are contrasted with it.

b with Advbs. expressing anything extraordinary, θαυμαστῶς or θαυμασίως ὡς, ὑπερφυῶς ὡς, v. sub vocc.; ὡς is sts. separated by several words from its Adv., as θαυμαστῶς μοι εἶπες ὡς παρα' δόξαν Pl.Phd. 95a
; ὑπερφυῶς δὴ τὸ χρῆμα ὡς δύσγνωστον φαίνεται Id.Alc.2.147c
, cf. Phd. 99d.

c with the [comp] Sup., as much as can be, ὡς μάλιστα Th.1.141
, etc.: ὡς ῥᾷστα as easily as possible, A.Pr. 104; ὡς πλεῖστα Democr. 189
; ὠς τάχιστα as quickly as possible, Alc.Supp.4.15, etc.; more fully expressed, ὡς δυνατὸν ἄριστα Isoc.12.153
; ὡς ἐδύναντο ἀδηλότατα Th.7.50
; μαχομένους ὡς ἂν δυνώμεθα κράτιστα X.An.3.2.6
; ὡς οἷόν τε βελτιστον Pl.R. 403d
; ὡς ἀνυστὸν κάλλιστα Diog.Apollon.3: ὡς and ὅτι are sts. found together, where one is superfluous, ὡς ὅτι μάλιστα Pl.Lg. 908a
; βοῦν ὡς ὅτι κάλλιστον IG22.1028.17
(ii/i B. C.); v. infr. G.

d with [comp] Comp., ὡς θᾶσσον Plb.1.66.1
, 3.82.1.

e in the phrases ὡς τὸ πολύ, ὡς ἐπὶ τὸ πολύ, Pl.R. 330c, 377b; ὡς ἐπὶ τὸ πλεῖον for the more part, commonly, ὡς ἐπὶ πλεῖστον Th.2.34
; ὡς ἐπὶ τὸ πλῆθος, ὡς πλήθει, Pl.R. 364a, 389d; ὡς τὸ ἐπίπαν Hdt.7.50
, etc.; ὡς τὰ πολλά Ael.NA12.17
.

2 with Adjs.,

a Posit., ὑπερφυεῖ τινι.. ὡς μεγάλῃ βλάβῃ Pl.Grg. 477d
.

b with [comp] Sup., ὡς ἄριστοι τὰς φύσεις Id.Ti. 18d
; ὅπως ὡς βέλτισται ἔσονται Id.Grg. 503a
; ὡς ὅτι βέλτιστον Id.Smp. 218d
.

c separated from the Adj. by a Prep., ὡς ἐς ἐλάχιστον Th.1.63
, cf. D.18.246; ὡς ἐν βραχυτάτοις Antipho 1.18
; ὡς ἐν ἐχυρωτάτῳ ποιεῖσθαι X.Cyr. 1.6.26
, etc.

Ac Relat. and Interrog., how, μερμήριζε.. ὡς Ἀχιλῆα τιμήσειε Il. 2.3
, cf. Pl.R. 365a; ἐβουλεύοντο ὡς.. στήσονται Hdt.3.84
, etc.; οἷα δεῖ λέγειν καὶ ὥς Arist.EN 1128a1
; ὡς πέπραται how, i. e. at what price the goods have been sold, PCair.Zen. 149 (iii B. C.); so οὐκ ἔσθ' ὡς .. (for the more usu. ὅπως ) nowise can it be that.., S.Ant. 750; οὐκ ἔσθ' ὡς οὐ .., Id.Ph. 196 (anap., Porson for οὐκ ἔστιν ὅπως ου) ; οἶσθ' ὡς πόησον; by a mixture of constructions for ὡς χρὴ ποιῆσαι or ὡς ποιήσεις, Id.OT 543, cf. Hermipp.43, Men.916; οἶσθ' ὡς μετεύξει is f.l. in E.Med. 600 ( μέτευξαι Elmsley); similarly, οἶσθα.. ὡς νῦν μὴ σφαλῇς S.OC75
.

2 ὡς ἂν ποήσῃς however ( in whatever way) thou mayest act, Id.Aj. 1369, cf. Pl.Smp. 181a; αὐτῷ ὥς κεν ἅδῃ, τὼς ἔσσεται A.R.3.350
.

Ad Temporal, when, with past tenses of the indic., ἐνῶρτο γέλως.., ὡς ἴδον Il.1.600
: with opt., to express a repeated action, whenever, ὡς.. ἐς τὴν Μιλησίην ἀπίκοιτο Hdt.1.17
: rarely c. subj., to denote what happens under certain conditions, τῶν δὲ ὡς ἕκαστός οἱ μειχθῇ, διδοῖ δῶρον Id.4.172
, cf. 1.132; later, ὡς ἄν c. subj., when, PCair.Zen.251 (iii B. C.), 1 Ep.Cor.11.34, etc.; ὥς κα Berl.Sitzb.1927.170
([place name] Cyrene); ὡς ἂν τάχιστα λάβῃς τὴν ἐπιστολήν as soon as.. PCair.Zen.241.1 (iii B. C.), cf. LXX 1 Ki.9.13, Jo.3.8: in orat. obliq. c. inf., Hdt.1.86, 96, al.: expressed more forcibly by ὡς.. τάχιστα, some word or words being interposed, ὡς γὰρ ἐπετρόπευσε τάχιστα as soon as ever.., Id.1.65; ὡς δὲ ἀφίκετο τάχιστα X.Cyr.1.3.2
: less freq. ὡς τάχιστα stand together, Aeschin.2.22: but this usage must be distd. from signf. Ab.111.1c: folld. by demonstr., ὡς εἶδ', ὣς ἀνεπᾶλτο Il.20.424
; ὡς ἴδεν, ὥς μιν ἔρως πυκινὰς φρένας ἀμφεκάλυψεν 14.294
; also ὡς.., ἔπειτα 3.396
; Κρονίδης ὥς μιν φράσαθ' ὣς ἐόλητο θυμὸν ἀνωΐστοισιν ὑποδμηθεὶς βελέεσσι Κύπριδος Mosch.2.74
; the second ὣς is repeated, ἁ δ' Ἀταλάντα ὡς ἴδεν, ὣς ἐμάνη, ὣς ἐς βαθὺν ἅλατ' ἔρωτα Theoc.3.41
(ὣς = εὐθέως, Sch.vet.), cf. 2.82; in Bion 1.40 the clauses with ὡς all belong to the protasis.

2 ὡς appears to be f.l. for ἕως in ὡς ἂν αὑτὸς ἥλιος.. αἴρῃ S.Ph. 1330
, ὡς ἂν ᾖς οἷόσπερ εἶ Id.Aj. 1117
; cf. ὥσπερ 111.1
: but in later Gr. = ἕως, while, ὡς τὸ φῶς ἔχετε Ev.Jo.12.35
, 36; ὡς καιρὸν ἔχομεν Ep.Gal.6.10
, cf. Epigr.Gr.646a5 (p.529); also until, τίθεται ἐπὶ ἀνθράκων ὡς ἀναξηρανθῇ PLeid.X.89
B.; ἔα ἀφρίζειν τὴν πίσσαν ὡς οὗ ἐκλείπῃ ib.37B.; cf. EM824.43 (conversely ἕως for ὡς final, v. ἕως (B) A. 1.4).

Ae Local, where, in dialects, Theoc.1.13, 5.101, 103, IG9(2).205.4 (Melitea, iii B. C.), SIG685.63, al. (Cretan, ii B. C.), IG12(1).736.5 ([place name] Camirus), GDI5597.8 (Ephesus, iii B. C.).

B [full] ὡς as CONJUNCTION:

I with Substantive clauses, to express a fact, = ὅτι, that.

II with Final clauses, to express an end or purpose, = ἵνα, ὅπως, so that, in order that.

III Consecutive, = ὥστε, so that.

IV Causal, since, because.

I with Substantive Clauses, with verbs of learning, saying, etc., that, expressing a fact, γνωτὸν.., ὡς ἤδη Τρώεσσιν ὀλέθρου πείρατ' ἐφῆπται Il.7.402
, cf. Od.3.194, etc.: in commands, προεῖπεν ὡς μηδεὶς κινήσοιτο X.HG2.1.22
: with Verbs of fear or anxiety, c. [tense] fut. indic., μηκέτ' ἐκφοβοῦ, μητρῷον ὥς σε λῆμ' ἀτιμάσει ποτέ S.El. 1427
, cf. X.Cyr.6.2.30; μὴ φοβοῦ ὡς ἀπορήσεις ib.5.2.12, cf. D.10.36; a sentence beginning with ὡς is sts., when interrupted, resumed by ὅτι, and vice versa, X.Cyr.5.3.30, Pl.R. 470d, Hp.Ma. 281c; so ὡς with a finite Verb passes into the acc. and inf., Hdt.1.70, 8.118: both constructions mixed in the same clause, ἐλογίζετο ὡς.. ἧττον ἂν αὐτοὺς ἐθέλειν .. X.Cyr.8.1.25, cf. HG3.4.27: after primary tenses (incl. historic [tense] pres.) ὡς is folld. by indic., after historic tenses by opt. (sts. by indic., both constructions in ὑπίσχοντο.. ἀμυνέειν, φράζοντες ὡς οὔ σφι περιοπτέη ἐστὶ ἡ Ἑλλὰς ἀπολλυμένη.. ἀλλὰ τιμωρητέον εἴη Hdt.7.168
): sts. c. opt. after a primary tense, κατάπτονται.. λέγοντες ὡς Ἀρίστων.. οὐ φήσειε Id.6.69
, cf. 1.70, Th.1.38, Pl.Chrm. 156b.

2 with Verbs of feeling, χαίρει δέ μοι ἦτορ, ὥς μευ ἀεὶ μέμνησαι Il.23.648
; ἄχος ἔλλαβ' Ἀχαιοὺς ὡς ἔπεσ' 16.600
.

II with Final Clauses, that, in order that; in this sense ὡς and ὡς ἄν, [dialect] Ep. ὥς κεν, are used with the subj. after primary tenses of the indic., and with the opt. after the past tenses, βουλὴν ὑποθησόμεθ'.., ὡς μὴ πάντες ὄλωνται Il.8.37
; τύμβον χεύαμεν.., ὥς κεν τηλεφανὴς.. εἴη Od. 24.83
; ἡμεῖς δ' ἴωμεν ὡς, ὁπηνίκ' ἂν θεὸς πλοῦν ἡμὶν εἴκῃ, τηνικαυθ' ὁρμώμεθα S.Ph. 464
; [νέας] διηκοσίας περιέπεμπον.. ὡς ἂν μὴ ὀφθείησαν Hdt.8.7
. b. rarely c. [tense] fut. indic., ὡς μὴ ὦν αὐτοὶ τε ἀπολέεσθε (cj. Cobet for ἀπόλεσθε) κἀμὲ τρώσετε, ἐς ἄλλον τινὰ δῆμον ἀποίχεσθε Hecat. 30J.

2 ὡς is also used with past tenses of the indic. to express a purpose which has not been or cannot be fulfilled, τί μ' οὐκ ἔκτεινας, ὡς ἔδειξα μήποτε .. ; so that I never should.., S.OT 1392; ἔδει τὰ ἐνέχυρα λαβεῖν, ὡς μηδ' εἰ ἐβούλετο ἐδύνατο ἐξαπατᾶν X.An. 7.6.23
; cf. ἵνα B. 1.3
, ὅπως B. 1.3
.

3 ὡς c. inf., to limit an assertion, ὡς μὲν ἐμοὶ δοκέειν Hdt.6.95
, cf. 2.124; ὡς εἰπεῖν λόγῳ ib.53; or ὡς ἔπος εἰπεῖν, cf. ἔπος 11.4
; ὡς συντόμως, or ὡς συνελόντι εἰπεῖν to speak shortly, to be brief, X.Oec.12.19, Mem.3.8.10; ὡς εἰκάσαι to make a guess, i.e. probably, Hdt.1.34, etc.; ὡς μικρὸν μεγάλῳ εἰκάσαι Th.4.36
(so without ὡς, οὐ πολλῷ λόγῳ εἰπεῖν Hdt. 1.61
), v. supr. Ab. 11.1, 2.

III to express Consequence, like ὥστε, so that, freq. in Hdt., εὖρος ὡς δύο τριήρεας πλέειν ὁμοῦ in breadth such that two triremes could sail abreast, Hdt.7.24; ὑψηλὸν οὕτω.., ὡς τὰς κορυφὰς αὐτοῦ οὐκ οἷά τε εἶναι ἰδέσθαι 4.184
; so in Trag. and Prose, A.Pers. 437, al., S.OT84, X.An.3.5.7, etc.; ἀπέχοντας ἀπ' ἀλλάλων ὡς ἦμεν Ϝικατίπεδον ἄντομον Tab.Heracl.1.75
; οὕτως.. ὡς ὁμολογεῖν Jul.Or.5.164d
; ὡς καὶ τοὺς τεχνίτας λανθάνειν PHolm. 9.13
; also, like ὥστε, with Indic., οὕτω κλεινὴ ἐγένετο, ὡς.. ἐξέμαθον Hdt.2.135
, cf. S.Tr. 590, X.HG4.1.33.

2 ἢ ὡς after a [comp] Comp., μάσσον' ἢ ὡς ἰδέμεν Pi.O.13.113
; μαλακώτεροι.. ἢ ὡς κάλλιον αὐτοῖς Pl.R. 410d
; cf. ὥστε B. 1.2
: with words implying comparison, ὀλίγοι ἐσμὲν ὡς ἐγκρατεῖς εἶναι αὐτῶν too few to.., X.Cyr.4.5.15, γραῦς εἶ, ὦ Ἐλπινίκη, ὡς τηλικαῦτα διαπράττεσθαι πράγματα too old to.. Stesimbr. 5J.

3 ὡς is sts. omitted where the antecedent demonstrative is expressed, οὕτω ἰσχυραί, μόγις ἂν διαρρήξειας so strong, you could hardly break them, Hdt.3.12; ῥώμη σώματος τοιήδε, ἀεθλοφόροι τε ἀμφότεροι ἦσαν Id.1.31
.

IV Causal, inasmuch as, since, τί ποτε λέγεις, ὦ τέκνον; ὡς οὐ μανθάνω S.Ph. 914
, cf. E.Ph. 843, 1077, Ar.Ra. 278: c. opt., μὴ καὶ λάθῃ με προσπεσών· ὡς μᾶλλον ἂν ἕλοιτο μ' ἢ τοὺς πάντας Ἀργείους λαβεῖν S.Ph.46
.

2 on the ground that.., c. [tense] fut. indic., Lys.30.27.

C [full] ὡς before

I Participles;

II Prepositions; and

III ὡς itself as a Preposition.

I with Participles in the case of the Subject, to mark the reason or motive of the action, as if, as, ὡς οὐκ ἀΐοντι ἐοικώς Il.23.430
(v. infr. G); ἀγανακτοῦσιν ὡς μεγάλων τινῶν ἀπεστερημένοι (i. e. ἡγούμενοι μεγάλων τινῶν ἀπεστερῆσθαι), Pl.R. 329a: most freq. c. part. [tense] fut., διαβαίνει.., ὡς ἀμήσων τὸν σῖτον Hdt.6.28
, cf. 91; παρεσκευάζοντο ὡς πολεμήσοντες Th.2.7
, etc.; δηλοῖς ὥς τι σημανῶν νέον S.Ant. 242
; ὡς τεθνήξων ἴσθι νυνί Ar.Ach. 325
(troch.): in questions, παρὰ Πρωταγόραν νῦν ἐπιχειρεῖς ἰέναι, ὡς παρὰ τίνα ἀφιξόμενος; Pl.Prt. 311b
; ὡς τί δὴ θέλων; E.IT 557
; with vbs. of knowing, ἐπιστάσθω Κροῖσος ὡς ὕστερον.. ἁλοὺς τῆς πεπρωμένης Hdt.1.91
; ὡς μὴ 'μπολήσων ἴσθι .. S.Ant. 1063.

2 with Participles in oblique cases, λέγουσιν ἡμᾶς ὡς ὀλωλότας they speak of us as dead, A.Ag. 672; ὡς μηδὲν εἰδότ' ἴσθι μ' ὧν ἀνιστορεῖς S.Ph. 253
; τὸν ἐκβαίνοντα κολάζουσιν ὡς παρανομοῦντα Pl.R. 338e
; ἵνα μὴ ἀγανακτῇ ὑπὲρ ἐμοῦ ὡς δεινὰ πάσχοντος Id.Phd. 115e
, cf. Hdt.5.85, 9.54; νῦν δέ σου τὰ ἔργα φανερὰ γεγένηται οὐχ ὡς ἀνιωμένου ἀλλ' ὡς ἡδομένου τοῖς γιγνομένοις Lys.12.32
; κτύπος φωτὸς ὡς τειρομένου < του> S.Ph. 202
(lyr.); ἐν ὀλιγωρίᾳ ἐποιοῦντο, ὡς, ὅταν ἐξέλθωσιν, ἢ οὐχ ὑπομενοῦντας σφᾶς ἢ ῥᾳδίως ληψόμενοι βίᾳ made light of the matter, in the belief that.., Th.4.5.—Both constructions in one sentence, τοὺς κόσμους εἴασε χαίρειν ὡς ἀλλοτρίους τε ὄντας καὶ πλέον θάτερον ἡγησάμενος ἀπεργάζεσθαι Pl.Phd. 114e
, cf. X.Cyr.1.5.9.

3 with Parts. put abs. in gen., νῦν δέ, ὡς οὕτω ἐχόντων, στρατιὴν ἐκπέμπετε Hdt.8.144
; ἐρώτα ὅτι βούλει, ὡς τἀληθῆ ἐροῦντος X.Cyr.3.1.9
; ὡς ὧδ' ἐχόντων τῶνδ' ἐπίστασθαί σε χρή S.Aj. 281
, cf. 904, A.Pr. 760, E.Med. 1311, Th.7.15, X.An.1.3.6: so also in acc., μισθὸν αἰτοῦσιν, ὡς οὐχὶ αὐτοῖσιν ὠφελίαν ἐσομένην ἐκ τοῦ ἄρχειν Pl.R. 345e
, cf. E.Ph. 1461: with both cases in one sentence, ὡς καὶ τῶν Ἀθηναίων προσδοκίμων ὄντων ἄλλῃ στρατιᾷ καὶ.. διαπεπολεμησόμενον Th.7.25
, cf. Pl.R. 604b.

II ὡς before Preps., ἀνήγοντο ὡς ἐπὶ ναυμαχίαν (v.l. -ίᾳ) Th.1.48, cf. X. HG2.1.22; φρύγανα συλλέγοντες ὡς ἐπὶ πῦρ Id.An.4.3.11
; κατέλαβε τὴν ἀκρόπολιν ὡς ἐπὶ τυραννίδι, expressing the purpose, Th.1.126; ἀπέπλεον.. ὡς ἐς τὰς Ἀθήνας Id.6.61
; πλεῖς ὡς πρὸς οἶκον S.Ph.58
; τὸ βούλευμ' ὡς ἐπ' Ἀργείοις τόδ' ἦν Id.Aj.44
: in these passages ὡς marks an intention; not so in the following: ἀπαγγέλλετε τῇ μητρὶ [χαίρειν] ὡς παρ' ἐμοῦ X.Cyr.8.7.28
; also ὡς ἀπὸ τῆς πομπῆς Pl.R. 327c
; ὡς ἐκ κακῶν ἐχάρη Hdt.8.101
.

b later, in geographical expressions, of direction, προϊών, ὡς ἐπὶ τὸν Πηνειόν Str.9.5.8
, cf. 13.1.22; ὡς πρὸς ἕω βλέπων Id.8.6.1
, cf. 7.6.2; ὡς εἰς Φηραίαν (leg. Ἡραίαν) ἰόντων Id.8.3.32
.

III ὡς as a Prep., prop. in cases where the object is a person, not a place: once in Hom., ὡς αἰεὶ τὸν ὁμοῖον ἄγει θεὸς ὡς τὸν ὁμοῖον Od.17.218
(v.l. ἐς τὸν ὁμοῖον, cf. αἶνος Ὁμηρικός, αἰὲν ὁμοῖον ὡς θεός.. ἐς τὸν ὁμοῖον ἄγει Call.Aet.1.1.10
; ἔρχεται.. ἕκαστον τὸ ὅμοιον ὡς τὸ ὅ., τὸ πυκνὸν ὡς τὸ πυκνόν κτλ. (with v.l. ἐς) Hp.Nat.Puer.17), but possibly ὡς.. ὥς as.. so, in Od. l.c.; also in Hdt., ἐσελθεῖν ὡς τὴν θυγατέρα 2.121
.έ: freq. in [dialect] Att., ὡς Ἆγιν ἐπρεσβεύσαντο Th.8.5
, etc.; ἀφίκετο ὡς Περδίκκαν καὶ ἐς τὴν Χαλκιδικήν Id.4.79
; ἀπέπλευσαν ἐς Φώκαιαν.. ὡς Ἀστύοχον Id.8.31
; ναῦς ἐς τὸν Ἑλλήσποντον ὡς Φαρνάβαζον ἀποπέμπειν ib.39; ὡς ἐκεῖνον πλέομεν ὥσπερ πρὸς δεσπότην Isoc. 4.121
; the examples of ὡς with names of places are corrupt, e.g. ὡς τὴν Μίλητον Th.8.36
(ἐς cod. Vat.); ὡς Ἄβυδον one Ms. in Id.8.103; ὡς τὸ πρόσθεν Ar.Ach. 242
: in S.OT 1481 ὡς τὰς ἀδελφὰς.. τὰς ἐμὰς χέρας is equiv. to ὡς ἐμὲ τὸν ἀδελφόν; in Id.Tr. 366 δόμους ὡς τούσδε house = household.

D [full] ὡς in independent sentences:

I as an exclamation, how, mostly with Advbs. and Adjs., ὡς ἄνοον κραδίην ἔχες how silly a heart hadst thou! Il.21.441; ὡς ἀγαθὸν καὶ παῖδα λιπέσθαι how good is it.., Od.3.196, cf. 24.194; φρονεῖν ὡς δεινόν S.OT 316
; ὡς ἀστεῖος ὁ ἄνθρωπος how charming he is! Pl.Phd. 116d; ὡς ἐμεγαλύνθη τὰ ἔργα σου, Κύριε LXX Ps.91(92).6
, 103(104).24; in indirect clauses, ἐθαύμασα τοῦτο, ὡς ἡδέως.. ἀπεδέξατο marvelled at seeing how.., Pl. Phd. 89a.

2 with Verbs, ὥς μοι δέχεται κακὸν ἐκ κακοῦ αἰεί how constantly.., Il.19.290, cf. 21.273; ὡς οὐκ ἔστι χάρις μετόπισθ' εὐεργέων how little thanks remain! Od.22.319; ὡς ὄχλος νιν.. ἀμφέπει see how.., E.Ph. 148; ὡς ὑπερδέδοικά σου how greatly.., S.Ant.82; so perh. ὡς οἰμώξεται Ar.Ra. 279
; ὡς ἅπανθ' ὑμῖν τυραννίς ἐστι Id.V. 488
(troch.).

II to mark a wish, oh that! c. opt. alone, ὡς ἔρις.. ἀπόλοιτο Il.18.107
; ὡς ἀπόλοιτο καὶ ἄλλος Od.1.47
, cf. S.El. 126 (lyr.); also ὡς ἄν or κε with opt., ὡς ἂν ἔπειτ' ἀπὸ σεῖο οὐκ ἐθέλοιμι λείπεσθαι Il.9.444
; ὥς κέ οἱ αὖθι γαῖα χάνοι 6.281
.

2 joined with other words of wishing, ὡς ὤφελες αὐτόθ' ὀλέσθαι 3.428
; ὡς δὴ μὴ ὄφελον νικᾶν Od.11.548
.

E [full] ὡς with numerals marks that they are to be taken only as a round number, as it were, about, nearly, σὺν ἀνθρώποις ὡς εἴκοσι X.An.3.3.5
; also ὡς πέντε μάλιστά κῃ about five (v. μάλα 111.5
), Hdt.7.30:—also with words compounded with numerals, δέπας.. ὡς τριλάγυνον Stesich.7
; παῖς ὡς ἑπτέτης of some seven years, Pl. Grg. 471c; δρέπανα ὡς διπήχη X.Cyr.6.1.30
, cf. An.5.4.12; cf. ὡσεί 111
.

F [full] ὡς in some elliptical (or apparently elliptical) phrases:

1 ὡς τί δὴ τόδε (sc. γένηται); to what end? E.Or. 796 (troch.); cf. ἵνα B.11.3c
.

2 know that (sc. ἴσθι) , ὡς ἔστιν ἀνδρὸς τοῦδε τἄργα ταῦτά σοι S.Aj.39
; ὡς τοῦτό γ' ἔρξας δύο φέρει δωρήματα Id.Ph. 117
; ὡς τῆσδ' ἑκοῦσα παιδὸς οὐ μεθήσομαι E.Hec. 400
, cf. Med. 609, Ph. 720; ὡς τάχ' οὐκέθ' αἱματηρὸν.. ἀργήσει ξίφος ib. 625 (troch.); so in Com., ὡς ἔστ' ἐν ἡμῖν τῆς πόλεως τὰ πράγματα Ar.Lys.32
, cf. 499 (anap.), Ach. 333 (troch.), Nu. 209; also ἀλλ' ὡς ἀπὸ τοῦ τείχους πάρεστιν ἄγγελος οὐδείς Id.Av. 1119
.

3 ὡς ἕκαστος, ἕκαστοι, each severally (whether in respect of time, place, or other difference), ξυνελέγοντο.. Κορίνθιοι δισχίιοι ὁπλῖται, οἱ δ' ἄλλοι ὡς ἕκαστοι, Φλειάσιοι δὲ πανστρατιᾷ Th.5.57
, cf. 1.107, 113; πρώτη τε αὕτη πόλις ξυμμαχὶς παρὰ τὸ καθεστηκὸς ἐδουλώθη, ἔπειτα δὲ καὶ τῶν ἄλλων ὡς ἑκάστη [ξυνέβη] (ξ. secl. Krüger: ἀπὸ κοινοῦ ἐδουλώθη Sch.l.c.) Id.1.98; ἄλλοι τε παριόντες ἐγκλήματα ἐποιοῦντο ὡς ἕκαστοι ib.67, cf. 7.65; χρησμολόγοι τε ᾖδον χρησμοὺς παντοίους, ὧν ἀκροᾶσθαι ὡς ἕκαστος ὥρμητο, i. e. different persons ran to listen to different prophecies, Id.2.21; τὰς ἄλλας ὡς ἑκάστην ποι ἐκπεπτωκυῖαν ἀναδησάμενοι ἐκόμιζον ἐς τὴν πόλιν they made fast to the rest wherever each (ship) had been run ashore, Id.7.74; οἱ δ' οὖν ὡς ἕκαστοι Ἕλληνες κατὰ πόλεις τε ὅσοι ἀλλήλων ξυνίεσαν καὶ ξύμπαντες ὕστερον κληθέντες οὐδὲν πρὸ τῶν Τρωικῶν.. ἁθρόοι ἔπραξαν the various peoples that were later called by the common name of Greeks, Id.1.3; ὡς ἑκάστῳ ἔργον προστάσσων Hdt.1.114
; ὡς ἑκάστην ( one by one) αἱρέοντες (sc. τὰς νήσους) οἱ βάρβαροι ἐσαγήνευον τοὺς ἀνθρώπους Id.6.31
, cf. 79; ὡς ἑκασταχόσε D.C.41.9
, al.; rarely with a Verb, ὡς ἕκαστος ἀπικνέοιτο Hdt.1.29
, cf. Th.6.2: later ὡς follows ἕκαστος, ἑκάστῳ ὡς ὁ Θεὸς ἐμέρισεν μέτρον πίστεως Ep.Rom.12.3
:—for the etymology v. infr. H; also ὡς ἑκάτεροι Th.3.74
(v. infr. H).

G [full] ὡς pleonast. in ὡς ὅτι D.H. 9.14
, 2 Ep.Cor.11.21, Sch.A Il.1.264, 129, 396, 3.280, AP9.530, dub.l. in Str.15.1.57.

H Etymology: this word is in origin five distinct words: (1) ὡς 'as' is the Adv. fr. the Relat. ὅς (I.-E. stem yo-); with ὡς βέλτιστος cf. Skt. yācchrē[snull ][tnull ]á[hudot ] 'the best possible': (2) ὧς ' thus' is the Adv. of a Demonstr. stem so- found in Skt. sa, Gr. ὁ, Lat. sō-c (Gloss. = ita, cf. Umbr. esoc); (3) ὡς postpositive (ὄρνιθες ὥς, etc.) constantly makes a preceding short closed syll. long in Hom., and must therefore have been ϝως; it may perh. be related to Skt. vā, a form of va, iva ( = (1) or (2) like), Lat. ve, Gr. ἦ[ϝ] ε; (4) ὡς prep. 'to' is of doubtful origin (perh. fr. Ως, cogn. with Lat. ōs 'face', Skt. ās: Ως τινα ἐλθεῖν like τί δέ δε φρένας ἵκετο πένθος;); (5) ὡς F.3 is prob. ϝως, Adv. of ϝός the reflexive Adj., and means lit. in his (their) own way (or place); it is idiomatically placed before ἕκαστος ([etym.] ἑκάτερος), cf. ϝὸν ϝεκάτερος Leg.Gort.1.18
.

Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > ὡς
56 go

1. [gəʋ] n (pl goes [gəʋz]) разг.
1. ход, ходьба; движение

come and go - хождение туда и сюда /взад и вперёд/

the boat rolled gently with the come and go of small waves - лодка мягко покачивалась на мелких волнах

to be on the go - быть в движении /в работе/

I've been on the go since daybreak - я спозаранку на ногах

he is always on the go - он всегда в движении; он никогда не сидит без дела

he has two books on the go at the moment - в настоящее время он работает (одновременно) над двумя книгами

2. обстоятельство, положение; неожиданный поворот дел

a capital go - очень приятное дело

a near go - опасное /рискованное/ положение; ≅ быть на волосок от гибели /провала, разорения и т. п./

here's a pretty go!, what a go! - ≅ весёленькая история!, хорошенькое дельце!

it's a queer /rum/ go - странное дело

3. попытка

to have a go at - попытаться, рискнуть, попытать счастья

she was staying for another go - она осталась, чтобы сделать ещё одну попытку

let's have another go at this problem - давай ещё раз попробуем разобраться в этом деле

he had several goes at the examination before he passed - он не смог сдать экзамен с первого захода

4. 1) приступ

she had a bad go of flu - у неё был тяжёлый грипп

2) порция ( еды или вина)

3) что-л. выполненное за один раз

5. сделка, соглашение

it's a go! - идёт!, по рукам, решено!, договорились!

6. разг. энергия, воодушевление; рвение; увлечение

full of go - полон энергии

the children are full of go - у детей много энергии

there's no go about him - он вялый

there is plenty of go in this music - это очень темпераментная музыка

a brief go at drawing - кратковременное увлечение рисованием

7. разг. успех; удача; успешное предприятие

to make a go of it - амер. добиться успеха, преуспеть

he is convinced that he can make a go of it - он уверен, что добьётся в этом деле успеха

no go - бесполезный, безнадёжный

the plan is no go - план никуда не годится

it's no go! - не пойдёт!, невозможно!

8. редк. походка

9. ход ( в игре); бросок ( в спортивных играх)

it's their go - сейчас их очередь

10. карт. «мимо» ( возглас игрока в криббидж)

♢ to give smb. the go - дать кому-л. сигнал или разрешение действовать; ≅ дать «добро»

quite /all/ the go - последний крик моды; предмет всеобщего увлечения

first go - первым делом, сразу же

at a go - сразу, зараз

the great [little] go - студ. последний [первый] экзамен на степень бакалавра гуманитарных наук ( в Кембридже и Оксфорде)

from the word go - с самого начала

he was a drag on me from the word go - с самого начала он был для меня обузой
2. [gəʋ] a амер. разг.
быть в состоянии готовности; работать (безотказно) (об аппаратуре и т. п.)

all systems are go - все системы работают нормально

you are go for landing - ≅ разрешается посадка

she was suddenly in a go condition - она внезапно почувствовала, что готова ко всему
3. [gəʋ] v (went; gone)
I

1. идти, ходить

to go slowly [quickly] - идти медленно [быстро]

to go slow - а) идти медленно, не торопиться; б) быть осмотрительным; [ср. тж. ♢ ]

to go along the road - идти по дороге

cars go on the road - по дороге едут /ездят/ машины

to go upstairs [downstairs] - подыматься [спускаться] по лестнице

they went over the river - они перешли /переправились через/ реку

she went to buy some food - она отправилась за провизией

he went to visit /to see/ her - он пошёл навестить /проведать/ её

to go to the doctor - пойти к врачу

to go in single file [in pairs] - идти по одному [парами]

we can talk as we go - мы можем разговаривать на ходу

you go first - а) вы идите первым /вперёд/; б) проходите, пожалуйста; в) ваш первый ход

who goes there? - кто идёт? ( оклик часового)

2. направляться, следовать; ехать, поехать

to go to the window - подойти к окну

to go to the country - поехать за город /в деревню, на дачу/ [см. тж. ♢ ]

to go abroad - поехать за границу [см. тж. ♢ ]

he is going abroad - он едет за границу

to go to France [to London] - поехать во Францию [в Лондон]

to go on a journey - поехать в путешествие; совершать путешествие

they went for a trip to Windsor - они поехали на экскурсию в Виндзор

he goes to the South every year - каждый год он ездит на юг

to go for a ride /a drive/ - поехать /отправиться/ на прогулку (особ. верхом, на велосипеде, в автомобиле)

to go for a walk - пойти (по)гулять

let's go for a swim - пойдём купаться

the bus goes to London - автобус идёт в Лондон

to go to a meeting - пойти на собрание

to go on a visit - поехать /отправиться/ с визитом; поехать погостить

to go to a party - пойти в гости /на вечеринку, на вечер/

to go on a tour - а) отправиться /пуститься/ в путешествие; б) отправляться на гастроли /в турне/

to go (some) places - амер. разг. ездить /ходить/ по разным местам

3. 1) ездить, путешествовать, передвигаться (каким-л. способом)

to go by land [by water] - ехать по суше [по воде]

to go by air - лететь самолётом

to go by train [by bus, by tram, by rail, by steamer] - ехать поездом [автобусом, трамваем, по железной дороге, пароходом]

to go by aeroplane - лететь самолётом

to go in a carriage [in a motor-car, in a ship, in a tram, in a trolley-bus] - ехать в экипаже [в автомобиле, на пароходе, в трамвае, в троллейбусе]

to go on foot - ходить /идти/ пешком

to go on horseback - ехать верхом (на лошади)

2) ходить, курсировать

the steamer goes twice a week - пароход ходит два раза в неделю

4. 1) уходить, уезжать

we came at six and went at nine - мы пришли в шесть, а ушли в девять

it is time for us to go - нам пора уходить /идти, уезжать/

we must go at one o'clock - мы должны уйти в час

I'll be going now - ну, я пошёл

I must be going now, I must be gone - теперь мне нужно уходить

she is gone - она ушла /уехала/, её нет

after I go - после моего ухода

the guests are all gone - все гости ушли

don't go yet - побудь ещё немного

be gone!, get you gone! - уходи!

2) отходить, отправляться

when does the train go? - когда отходит поезд?

the train goes from platform 5 - поезд отходит от платформы №5

one, two, three - go!, ready, steady, go! - внимание... приготовиться... марш!

5. 1) двигаться, быть в движении

I'd prefer to sit the way the train is going - я бы предпочёл сидеть по ходу поезда

to set smth. going - привести что-л. в движение

2) двигаться с определённой скоростью

the train was going (at) fifty miles an hour - поезд шёл со скоростью 50 миль в час

the car's going too fast - машина едет слишком быстро

to go at full drive /tilt/ - идти полным ходом

6. 1) работать, действовать, функционировать (о машине и т. п.)

that clock doesn't go - эти часы не ходят

my watch is going too fast [slow] - мои часы слишком спешат [отстают]

the engine went beautifully all day - весь день машина работала превосходно

the motor won't go - мотор не заводится

how do I make the washing machine go? - как включить стиральную машину?

this kept the factory going - благодаря этому фабрика продолжала работать

you must keep the fire going - тебе нужно поддерживать огонь

mails go slow - почта работает медленно

the engine goes by electricity - двигатель работает на электричестве

my heart was going at a tremendous rate - сердце у меня сильно билось

2) жить, действовать, функционировать ( о человеке)

he manages to keep going - он как-то тянет, ему удаётся держаться

7. 1) тянуться, проходить, пролегать, простираться

the boundary goes along the river - граница проходит вдоль реки

mountains that go from east to west - горы, тянущиеся /простирающиеся/ с востока на запад

how far does the road go? - далеко ли тянется эта дорога?

this road goes to London - эта дорога ведёт в Лондон

2) дотягиваться; доходить

the park goes down to the river - парк простирается до реки

I want a rope that will go from the top window to the ground - мне нужна верёвка, которую можно опустить с верхнего этажа до земли

this belt won't go around her waist - этот пояс на ней не сойдётся

the wound does not go very deep - рана не очень глубокая

8. 1) протекать, проходить

time goes quickly - время идёт быстро /летит/

vacation goes quickly - не успеваешь оглянуться, а отпуск кончился

much time has gone since that day - с того дня прошло много времени

there is another hour to go - осталось ждать ещё час

summer is going - лето проходит

2) протекать; завершаться каким-л. образом

how is the evening going? - как проходит вечер?

how did the interview go? - как прошло интервью?

I hope all goes well with you - надеюсь, что у вас всё хорошо

if all goes well with us - если у нас всё будет благополучно

how did the voting go? - как завершилось голосование?; каковы результаты голосования?

the play went well - пьеса имела успех

nobody knows how matters will go - никто не знает, как пойдут дела

what made the party go? - что обеспечило успех вечера?

9. 1) исчезать; проходить

the clouds have gone - тучи рассеялись

money goes easily - деньги тают

the pain has gone - боль прошла

all hope is gone - исчезли все надежды

2) исчезнуть, пропасть

his hat has gone - у него исчезла /пропала/ шляпа

the key has gone somewhere - ключ куда-то запропастился

where's my pen? It's gone (off my desk) - где моя ручка? Она исчезла (с моего стола)

10. распространяться; передаваться

a rumour went through the office - по учреждению прошёл слух

the story went all over the town - история обошла весь город

11. передаваться (по телеграфу и т. п.)

telegrams go by wire - телеграммы передаются по проводам

this message will go by mail /by post, in the post/ - это сообщение пойдёт по почте

12. иметь хождение, быть в обращении

13. (обыкн. to) идти (на что-л.); брать на себя (что-л.); решаться (на что-л.)

to go to a lot of [great] trouble to do smth. - приложить много [массу] усилий, чтобы сделать что-л.

do not go to any trouble - не затрудняйте себя

he will not even go to the trouble of doing that - он не захочет даже и попытаться сделать это

to go to great expense - пойти на большие расходы

to go so far as to say that! - дойти до того, чтобы сказать это!

14. 1) податься; рухнуть; сломаться, расколоться

the platform went - трибуна рухнула /обрушилась/

first the sail went and then the mast - сперва подался парус, а затем и мачта

there goes another button! - ну вот, ещё одна пуговица отлетела!

the fuse [bulb] went - перегорела пробка [лампочка]

the engine in the old car finally went - мотор в старой машине окончательно пришёл в негодность

this stuff goes at the folds - эта материя быстро протирается на сгибах

2) потерпеть крах, обанкротиться

the bank may go any day - крах банка ожидается со дня на день

3) отменяться, уничтожаться

this clause of the bill will have to go - эта статья законопроекта должна быть отменена /не должна быть принята/

whatever is not done yet must simply go - всё, что не сделано, придётся оставить как есть

4) (обыкн. с must, can, have to) отказываться; избавляться

the car must go, we can't afford it - от машины придётся отказаться, она нам не по карману

15. 1) быть расположенным, следовать в определённом порядке

the names go in alphabetical order - фамилии идут по алфавиту

to forget how holidays go - забыть последовательность праздников

2) храниться, находиться (где-л.); становиться ( на определённое место)

where is this carpet to go? - куда постелить этот ковёр?

the shirts go in the second drawer - рубашки лежат во втором ящике

this book goes on the top shelf - эта книга всегда стоит на верхней полке

3) (into, under) умещаться, укладываться (во что-л.)

the thread is too thick to go into the needle - нитка слишком толстая, чтобы пролезть в иголку

the book will not go into my pocket - книга не влезет в мой карман

the trunk will go under the bed - чемодан уместится под кроватью

how many pints go into a gallon? - сколько пинт содержится в одном галлоне?

4) (обыкн. to) равняться

twelve inches go to one foot - один фут равняется двенадцати дюймам

twenty shillings go to one pound - в фунте стерлингов двадцать шиллингов

six into twelve goes twice - шесть содержится в двенадцати два раза

three into two won't go - два не делится на три

16. заканчиваться определённым результатом

I don't know whether the case goes for me or against me - я не знаю ещё, удастся ли мне выиграть процесс

which way will the decision go? - как всё решится?

17. 1) гласить, говорить

I don't exactly remember how the words go - я точно не помню, как это там сказано

the agreement goes as follows - в соглашении говорится следующее

how does the story go? - что там дальше в рассказе?

the story goes that he was murdered - говорят, что его убили

as the story goes - как рассказывают

as the saying goes - как говорится

2) звучать (о мелодии и т. п.)

the tune goes something like this... - вот как, примерно, звучит этот мотив

how does that song go? - напомните мне мотив этой песни

ducks go❝quack❞ - утки делают «кряк-кряк»

the guns went❝boom❞ - «бабах!» грохнули пушки [см. тж. III А 2, 4)]

18. 1) звонить

I hear the bells going - я слышу, как звонят колокола

the bell has gone - уже был звонок

2) бить, отбивать время

it has just gone six - только что пробило шесть

19. умирать, гибнуть

she is gone - она погибла, она умерла

my grandmother went peacefully in the night - моя бабушка тихо скончалась ночью

after George went, she moved into a smaller house - когда Джордж умер, она переехала в дом поменьше

he is dead and gone - разг. он уже в могиле

20. 1) пройти, быть принятым

what he says goes - его предложения принимаются

this plan will not go - план не будет принят

2) быть приемлемым

your plan goes - твой план годится

here anything goes - разг. здесь всё сойдёт; здесь ты можешь делать, что твоей душе угодно

21. разг. выдерживать, терпеть

he cannot go such doctrines - он терпеть не может подобных доктрин

I can't go modern art - я не признаю современное искусство

22. справляться, одолевать

I can't go another mouthful - я больше ни глотка ( или куска) не могу съесть

23. ходить определённым шагом

to go narrow [wide] - идти узким [широким] шагом ( о лошади)

to go above the ground - уст. ходить, высоко подымая ноги

24. спариваться

II А

1. 1) участвовать ( в доле)

to go halves [shares, snacks, амер. fifty-fifty, уст. snips], to go share and share alike - делить поровну /пополам/; принять участие наравне (с кем-л.)

2) амер. разг. ставить (какую-л. сумму); рисковать (какой-л. суммой)

how much do you go? - а) сколько вы ставите?; б) на сколько вы спорите?

he went a hundred dollars - он поставил сто долларов

I'll go you a shilling - держу с вами пари на один шиллинг

2. 1) пропадать, слабеть (о слухе, сознании и т. п.)

my sight is going - я теряю зрение

his strength is going - его силы иссякают

his mind is going - его рассудок слабеет

my voice has gone because of my cold - от простуды я потеряла голос /у меня сел голос/

she's far gone - она очень плоха

2) разг. износиться ( об одежде)

my shoes are gone - у меня порвались туфли

these shoes are going - эти ботинки уже дышат на ладан

the jacket has gone at the elbows - пиджак прохудился в локтях

3. редк.

1) сохраняться ( о пище)

butter goes better in the refrigerator - масло сохраняется лучше в холодильнике

2) носиться (о ткани, одежде и т. п.)

astrakhan goes very long - каракуль носится очень долго

4. быть ритмичными ( о стихах)

5. получать ( пособие)

to go on the parish - получать приходское пособие по бедности, жить за счёт прихожан

to go on the dole - получать пособие по бедности; перейти на пособие

to go on the relief fund - получать пособие из фонда помощи

II Б

1. to be going to do smth.

1) собираться, намереваться сделать что-л.

I am going to speak to her - я намереваюсь поговорить с ней

he is going to tell us a story - он собирается рассказать нам что-то

we were going to France but we changed our minds - мы хотели поехать во Францию, но передумали

she is going to spend holidays at a rest-home - она решила провести свои каникулы в доме отдыха

she is going to have her own way - она намерена действовать по-своему

he is not going to be cheated - он не допустит, чтобы его обманули

2) ожидаться (о каком-л. событии)

she's going to have a baby - у неё будет ребёнок

I'm going to be sick! - меня сейчас вырвет!

she felt she was going to be ill - она чувствовала, что заболевает

it is going to rain - собирается дождь

there are going to be apples for dessert - на третье будут яблоки

2. to go and do smth. разг. взять да сделать что-л.; пойти и сделать что-л.

go and see - пойди посмотри

go and shut the door - пойди закрой дверь

to go and fetch smb., smth. - сходить за кем-л., чем-л.

he went and got married - он взял да и женился

you've gone and torn my dress - ну вот, вы порвали мне платье

there now! if I haven't gone and lost my ticket! - и надо же было мне потерять билет!

3. to go about smth. /doing smth./

1) заниматься чем-л.

to go about one's business - заниматься своими обычными делами

she went about her work with energy - она энергично занималась своими делами

we must go about it carefully - а) это надо делать осторожно; б) за это надо браться осторожно

2) приниматься за что-л.

how does one go about getting seats? - что нужно делать, чтобы достать билеты /места/?

he didn't know how to go about building a boat - он не знал, как подступиться к строительству лодки

4. to go at smth. энергично взяться за что-л.

to go at a hard task - энергично взяться за трудное дело

let's go at this problem in a different way - давайте попробуем решить эту проблему по-другому

he went at his breakfast as if he'd never eaten for a week - он набросился на завтрак так, будто не ел целую неделю

5. to go at smb. набрасываться, бросаться на кого-л.

he went at me with his fists - он набросился на меня с кулаками

our dog went at the postman - наша собака набросилась на почтальона

6. to go against smth.

1) двигаться против чего-л.

to go against the tide - плыть против течения [см. тж. ♢ ]

2) идти вразрез с чем-л., противоречить чему-л.

it goes against my principles - это противоречит моим принципам

she went against her mother's wishes - она не послушалась своей матери; она поступила наперекор своей матери

3) юр. оспаривать что-л.; спорить против чего-л.

7. to go against smb. быть против кого-л.; не подходить кому-л.

fate goes against us - судьба против нас

it goes against me - это противно мне, это противоречит моим убеждениям

his appearance goes against him - у него очень невыигрышная внешность

the case may go against you - решение суда может быть не в вашу пользу

8. to go behind smth. пересматривать, рассматривать заново, изучать (основания, данные)

to go behind the evidence - проанализировать показания

9. to go beyond smth. выходить за пределы чего-л., превышать что-л.

to go beyond one's orders - превышать полномочия

10. to go by /on/ smth.

1) судить по чему-л.

to go by appearances - судить по внешности

if this is anything to go by - насколько можно по этому судить

that's nothing to go by - по этому судить нельзя

2) руководствоваться чем-л., следовать чему-л.

I go by the barometer - я руководствуюсь барометром

to go by the directions - руководствоваться инструкциями

it is a good rule to go by - вот хорошее правило, которым следует руководствоваться

don't go by that old map - не следует доверять этой старой карте

I shall go entirely by what the doctor says - я буду делать всё, что говорит врач

we were just going on what you yourself had said - мы как раз действовали в соответствии с тем, что вы сами говорили

that's all the police had to go on to catch the killer - вот и все улики, которые были у полиции и по которым она должна была поймать убийцу

11. to go after smth., smb. домогаться чего-л., кого-л.

to go after a job - добиваться места

to go after a prize - вступить в борьбу за призовое место

to go after pleasure - искать удовольствий

he is going after Jane - он ухаживает /бегает/ за Джейн

12. to go for smb.

1) разг. наброситься, обрушиться на кого-л.

suddenly the lion went for his keeper - внезапно лев набросился на служителя

the speaker went for the profiteers - оратор обрушился на спекулянтов

my wife went for me because I was late for dinner - жена выругала меня за то, что я опоздал к обеду

2) слыть кем-л.; быть принятым за кого-л.

he went for an old man among the youth - молодёжь принимала его за старика /считала его стариком/

3) разг. увлекаться кем-л.; влюбиться в кого-л.

I don't go for men of his type - мне такие мужчины, как он, не нравятся

he goes for her in a big way - он здорово втюрился в неё

13. to go for smth.

1) разг. заменить что-л., сойти за что-л.

this synthetic material may easily go for pure wool - эта искусственная ткань может легко сойти за чистую шерсть

2) стремиться к чему-л.; добиваться чего-л.

will you go for the prize? - ты будешь бороться за призовое место?

when you offer him sweets he goes for the biggest one - когда ему предлагают конфеты, он всегда тянется за самой большой

3) увлекаться чем-л.

do you go for modern music? - вы любите современную музыку?

the public goes for his ideas - его идеи привлекают общественность

14. to go for /at/ á certain sum of money продаваться по определённой цене

to go for a dollar - продаваться за доллар

to go for nothing - продаваться за бесценок [см. тж. II Б 15]

the books went for a shilling [for so little] - книги были проданы за шиллинг [так дёшево]

this goes for one shilling - это стоит один шиллинг

there were good coats going at £50 - по 50 фунтов продавали хорошие пальто

going for £10!, going!, going!, gone! - продаётся за 10 фунтов!, 10 фунтов - раз!, 10 фунтов - два!, 10 фунтов - три! продано (за 10 фунтов)

15. to go to /in/ smth. расходоваться, уходить на что-л.

half our money goes on food and clothes for the children - половина наших денег уходит на еду и одежду для детей

his time goes in watching television - он всё своё время тратит на телевизор

to go for nothing - пропасть, уйти впустую [см. тж. II Б 14]

16. to go to smth., smb.

1) обращаться к чему-л., на кого-л.

his hand went to his gun - его рука потянулась за револьвером

his eyes went to her - он взглянул на неё, он обратил свой взгляд на неё

2) прибегать к помощи; обращаться (к кому-л.)

to go to law /to court/ - обращаться в суд

to go to law with smb. - возбуждать дело в суде против кого-л.

you should go to the president - вам следует обратиться к председателю

go to Aristotle for that - вам следовало бы посмотреть у Аристотеля

to go to facts - обратиться к фактам

17. to go to smth. становиться кем-л.

to go to the bar - стать юристом

to go to sea - стать моряком

to go to the stage - стать актёром, пойти в актёры

to go to the streets - стать проституткой, пойти на панель

to go to school - ходить в школу; стать учеником, учиться в школе

to go to college [to the university] - стать [быть] студентом, учиться в колледже [в университете]

18. to go to smb.

1) быть проданным кому-л.

the house went to the one who made the highest offer - дом продали тому, кто предложил самую высокую цену

going to the gentleman in the third row! going, going, gone! - продано джентльмену в третьем ряду! продано - раз!, продано - два!, продано - три!

2) доставаться кому-л.

the first prize goes to you - вам присуждается первая премия

19. to go through smth.

1) тщательно, пункт за пунктом разбирать что-л.

let's go through the arguments again - давайте снова разберём все доводы

2) проделать, сделать что-л.

to go through a ceremony - совершить обряд

to go through one's exercises - сделать упражнения

let's go through the rehearsal without any interruptions - давайте проведём репетицию без всяких помех

3) пройти, быть принятым где-л. (о проекте, предложении)

the plan must go through several stages - план должен пройти несколько инстанций

4) испытывать что-л., подвергаться чему-л.

they went through many hardships - они испытали немало трудностей

to go through a serious operation - перенести серьёзную операцию

the country has gone through too many wars - эта страна перенесла слишком много войн

5) выдержать столько-то изданий ( о книге)

the book went through ten editions - книга выдержала десять изданий

6) обыскивать, обшаривать что-л.

he went through his pockets looking for the key - он обыскал все карманы в поисках ключа

7) растратить, израсходовать (состояние, деньги и т. п.)

he quickly went through his fortune [his savings] - он быстро растратил /промотал/ своё состояние [свои сбережения]

20. to go into smth.

1) тщательно разбирать что-л., вникать во что-л.; расследовать, рассматривать что-л.

to go deeply into a question - глубоко исследовать вопрос

to go into details /particulars/ - вдаваться в подробности

he went into an explanation - он пустился в объяснения

2) избирать (профессию и т. п.)

to go into politics - избрать политическое поприще

to go into business - избрать карьеру делового человека; стать дельцом

to go into the army - стать военным

to go into Parliament [into the Cabinet] - стать членом парламента [кабинета министров]

to go into films - посвятить себя кино

3) вступить в организацию, стать членом общества

4) надевать

she goes into woollen stockings in September - с сентября она начинает носить шерстяные чулки

to go into mourning - облачиться в траур

she went into mourning for a whole year - она целый год соблюдала траур

21. to go before /to/ smb., smth.

1) предстать перед кем-л., чем-л.

you will go before the board of directors - вы предстанете перед советом директоров

2) передавать на рассмотрение кому-л., чему-л.

your suggestion will go before the committee - о вашем предложении доложат комиссии

can this question go direct to the minister? - нельзя ли этот вопрос поставить непосредственно перед министром?

22. to go with smb.

1) сопровождать кого-л., идти вместе с кем-л.

shall I go with you? - хотите я пойду с вами?

2) быть заодно, соглашаться с кем-л.

I can't go with you on that - в этом я не могу согласиться с вами

23. to go with smth.

1) подходить к чему-л., гармонировать с чем-л.; соответствовать чему-л.

the blue scarf goes well with your blouse - этот голубой шарф красиво сочетается с вашей блузкой

salt doesn't go with tea - соль не подают к чаю

2) относиться к чему-л., быть связанным с чем-л.

five acres of land go with the house - продаётся дом с прилегающим к нему участком в пять акров

3) быть связанным с чем-л.; соответствовать чему-л.

many cares go with it - с этим связано много хлопот

the salary that goes with an office - жалованье, соответствующее занимаемой должности

24. to go without smth.

1) обходиться без чего-л.

to go without supper - обходиться без ужина

2) не иметь чего-л.

to go without money - не иметь денег, быть без денег

25. to go by /under/ á name быть известным под каким-л. именем

to go by /under/ the name of... - быть известным под именем...

he went under a pseudonym - он был известен под псевдонимом, он носил псевдоним

she went under a false name - она скрывалась под чужим именем

26. to go under smb.'s name приписываться кому-л. ( об авторстве)

that play generally goes under the name of Shakespeare - обычно эту пьесу приписывают Шекспиру

27. 1) to go to make up smth. составлять что-л., входить в состав чего-л.

items which go to make up the total - пункты, из которых складывается целое

2) to go to the making of smth., smb. быть необходимым для чего-л., кого-л.

what qualities go to the making of a pilot? - какие качества необходимы пилоту?

dressings that go to making a good salad - приправа, необходимая, чтобы приготовить вкусный салат

28. to go into á state приходить в какое-л. состояние

to go into a rage - приходить в ярость

to go into hysterics - впадать в истерику

29. to go into á condition входить в какое-л. положение

to go into anchor - мор. становиться на якорь

to go into the assault - воен. идти в атаку

to go into bivouac - воен. располагаться биваком

to go into the curve - а) войти в поворот ( бег); б) входить в вираж ( велоспорт)

30. ... as smth., smb. goes... как что-л. заведено...;... как другие

he is not bad as cooks go - как повар он не так уж плох

as things go - разг. при сложившихся обстоятельствах, как это водится, в нынешних условиях

it's cheap as these things go - по нынешним временам это дёшево

that's not bad as things go - при существующем положении вещей это не так уж плохо

31. to go to show that... свидетельствовать

it all goes to show that he cannot be trusted - всё это свидетельствует о том, что ему нельзя доверять

your behaviour goes to prove that... - ваше поведение служит доказательством того, что...

that goes to make people happier - это способствует счастью людей

32. smth. is going иметься, продаваться, подаваться и т. п.

there is a cold supper going - подают холодный ужин

come along, there are ices going - идём скорее, подают мороженое

I'll have what's going - дайте мне, что у вас есть

are there any jobs going? - здесь есть работа?

are there any houses going? - здесь продают(ся) дома?

III А

1. в сочетании с последующим герундием выражает действие, соответствующее значению герундия:

to go (out) hunting /shooting/ - отправляться /ходить/ на охоту

to go out fishing [duck-shooting] - отправляться на рыбную ловлю [охотиться на уток]

to go shopping - отправляться за покупками; ходить по магазинам

to go skating - пойти на каток

to go skiing - ходить на лыжах

don't go telling me lies - перестань(те) обманывать меня

he goes frightening people with his stories - он постоянно пугает людей своими рассказами

don't go doing that! - разг. не смей делать этого!

don't go saying that! - разг. не болтай ерунды!

2. как глагол-связка в составном именном сказуемом:

1) находиться в каком-л. положении или состоянии

to go free - быть свободным /незанятым/

to go hungry /empty/ - (вечно) быть /ходить/ голодным

to go armed - быть /ходить/ вооружённым, носить оружие

to go adrift - дрейфовать

to go deep - быть глубоким

the differences between them go deep - их разногласия имеют глубокие корни

to go in rags - ходить в лохмотьях

to go in fear (of smth.) - жить в вечном страхе (перед чем-л.)

to go strong - держаться, сохранять силу, не сдаваться

to be six months gone (with child) - быть на седьмом месяце (беременности)

to go with young - находиться в состоянии беременности ( о животном)

to go native см. native II 2

2) делаться, становиться

to go bad - испортиться; сгнить, прогнить, протухнуть

the milk went sour - молоко скисло

to go blind - ослепнуть

to go dry - высыхать, становиться сухим [см. тж. ♢ ]

she /her hair/ is going grey - она седеет

the school has gone independent - эта школа стала частной

to go wild - взбеситься

to go mad /mental/ - сойти с ума

to go queer in the head - а) помешаться; б) почувствовать головокружение

to go green with envy - позеленеть от зависти

he went white with anger - он побелел от злости

to go wrong - а) сбиться с пути, встать на ложный путь; ошибаться; поступать неправильно; б) не выйти, не получиться; в) испортиться, перестать работать; разладиться; г) испортиться, протухнуть ( о пище)

the waves went very high - на море началось сильное волнение

to go hot and cold - краснеть и бледнеть

he went hot and cold - его бросало то в жар, то в холод

I went cold all over - я промёрз до костей

she is going fifteen - ей (идёт) пятнадцатый год

he has gone forty - ему уже сорок

a man gone ninety years of age - человек, которому за 90

to go Conservative - стать /сделаться/ консерватором

to go apprentice - сделаться подмастерьем /учеником/

3) оставаться в каком-л. положении

to go unpunished - быть /оставаться/ безнаказанным

to go free /scot-free/ - оставаться свободным

her complaints went unnoticed - на её жалобы не обращали внимания

4) издавать внезапный или отчётливый звук

to go bang - хлопнуть

to go pop - выстрелить, грохнуть, бахнуть

to go smash - с треском врезаться

to go snap - треснуть; с треском сломаться

to go flop - а) хлопнуться, плюхнуться; б) потерпеть неудачу, провалиться

to go fut, to go phut - а) лопнуть; б) сорваться, провалиться, лопнуть; потерпеть крах, неудачу; кончиться ничем; в) испортиться, сломаться

to go patter - а) стучать ( о каплях дождя); б) семенить ножками ( о ребёнке)

to go clatter - цокать (копытами)

♢

to go to bed /to sleep/ - ложиться спать

to go to bye-bye - детск. идти бай-бай

to go the round of - а) совершать обход; б) циркулировать (о слухах и т. п.); переходить или передаваться из уст в уста

to go foreign - мор. жарг. уйти в заграничное плавание

to go far - а) хватить надолго; those potatoes won't go far when there are 10 people to feed - картофеля надолго не хватит, раз надо кормить целых десять человек; б) зайти далеко; перейти границы (принятого, допустимого); you've gone too far! - ну, это ты хватил!, в) многого добиться; the boy is clever and will go far - мальчик умный и многого добьётся

to go a long /good, great/ way - а) далеко пойти; б) далеко зайти, хватить через край; в) хватить надолго, быть достаточным (о деньгах, продуктах)

far gone - а) в последней стадии ( болезни); б) совершенно безумный; в) сильно пьяный; опьяневший

far gone in love - безумно влюблённый

far gone in grief - убитый горем

as /so/ far as it goes - поскольку дело касается, что касается, что до

it will go hard /ill/ with him - ему придётся плохо /туго/

to go smb. better - превзойти /перещеголять, затмить/ кого-л.

to go dry - амер. а) запретить продажу спиртных напитков; б) отказаться от употребления спиртных напитков; стать трезвенником; [см. тж. III А 2, 2)]

to go wet - амер. а) разрешить продажу спиртных напитков; б) начать пить

to go steady - иметь постоянного возлюбленного /-ую возлюбленную/

to go bail - а) юр. становиться поручителем, поручиться или внести залог (за кого-л.); б) разг. ручаться

go bail that... - ручаюсь, что...

to go downhill - а) катиться по наклонной плоскости; б) ухудшаться (о здоровье, материальном положении)

to go abroad - получить известность [см. тж. I 2], распространиться ( о слухах)

a rumour has gone abroad - прошёл слух

to go to the country - распустить парламент и назначить новые выборы [см. тж. I 2]

to go to Canossa - пойти в Каноссу, публично унижаться (перед кем-л.), испрашивая прощение

to let /to leave/ go - а) выпускать из рук; б) (от)пускать, выпускать; освобождать; let me go! - отпустите меня!; в) пропускать; г) перестать думать, выбросить из головы

let it go at that! - довольно!, будет!, пусть это так и останется!

I've let my music go - я запустил музыку, я перестал заниматься музыкой

to let judgement go by default - юр. заочно решить в пользу истца ( ввиду неявки ответчика)

go easy /slow/! - осторожнее!, потише! [ср. тж. I 1]

to go easy on smth. - амер. быть тактичным в отношении чего-л.; проявлять осторожность в отношении чего-л.

to go solid - амер. полит. жарг. придерживаться одного мнения, действовать единодушно

to be going some - амер. быстро /успешно/ продвигаться вперёд

to be going strong - а) быть полным сил; процветать; б) поступать безрассудно /опрометчиво/

to go one's (own) way /gate/ - идти своим путём, действовать самостоятельно, поступать по-своему

to go with the current /the tide, the stream, the crowd/ - плыть по течению

to go with the times /the tides/ - идти в ногу со временем

to go against the stream /the tide/ - а) идти /плыть/ против течения; б) работать в неблагоприятных условиях; действовать, преодолевая сопротивление /оппозицию/; [см. тж. II Б 6 1)]

to go on one's marks - спорт. выходить на старт

as you go!, as she goes! - мор. так держать!

to go down the drain - быть истраченным впустую [см. тж. drain I ♢ ]

to go over the top - а) воен. разг. идти в атаку ( из траншей); б) ринуться в атаку, начать решительно действовать, сделать решительный шаг

to let oneself go - дать волю своим чувствам; разойтись, увлечься

to go off the deep end - а) волноваться, приходить в возбуждение; б) амер. действовать сгоряча, принять необдуманное решение

to go out of one's mind /senses/ - а) сойти с ума, рехнуться, лишиться рассудка; б) быть вне себя от волнения

to go off one's head /груб. chump, nut/, to go round the bend - сойти с ума, помешаться, рехнуться, спятить; обезуметь, вести себя как безумный

to go off the handle - выйти из себя

to go off at a tangent - сорваться, странно себя повести или высказаться

to go off the hooks - а) умереть, протянуть ноги; б) сойти с ума, рехнуться, спятить; в) сбиться с пути, свихнуться

to go out of the world - умереть, покинуть бренный мир

to go hence - отправиться на тот свет

to go the way of all the earth /flesh/, to go beyond the veil, to go home, to go to one's last /long/ home, to go to glory, to go to heaven, to go to one's long rest, to go to one's own place, to go over to the majority умереть, скончаться, разделить участь всех смертных, отправиться на тот свет, отправиться к праотцам, уйти на покой, покинуть этот бренный мир

to go to one's account - покончить счёты с жизнью

to go west - а) закатываться ( о солнце); б) умереть, скончаться; в) исчезнуть, пропасть

to go (all) to pieces /rack and ruin, smash/ - а) развалиться; разбиться вдребезги, разлететься на части /на куски/; б) подорвать своё здоровье, выйти из строя; в) обанкротиться; вылететь в трубу; трещать по всем швам; г) погибнуть, пропасть

to go to blazes /to hell, to pot, to the devil, to the dogs/, to go to pigs and whistles - разориться; погибнуть; вылететь в трубу; провалиться, пойти ко всем чертям, пойти прахом

go to blazes /to Bath, to hell, to Jericho, to pot, to the devil, to thunder, to Hanover, to Halifax, to Putney, to Tunbridge, to grass/! - пошёл к чёрту!, убирайся к чёрту!

he can go hang - он может убираться ко всем чертям

go fly a kite!, go jump in the lake!, go lay an egg!, go lay a brick!, go sit on a tack - амер. груб. проваливай!, не мешай!

to go the pace - а) мчаться, нестись во весь опор; б) прожигать жизнь, вести бурный образ жизни

to go all out - а) напрягать все силы, стараться изо всех сил; ≅ из кожи вон лезть; б) бежать изо всех сил

to go out of hand - а) выходить из повиновения; б) действовать тотчас же /немедленно, без подготовки/; в) амер. действовать опрометчиво /необдуманно, неосторожно/; проявлять несдержанность; г) завершать, оканчивать

to go all /to great/ lengths - идти на всё

to go the whole hog - а) делать (что-л.) основательно, доводить ( дело) до конца; б) ни перед чем не останавливаться, идти на всё

to go (home) to smb.'s heart - опечалить /огорчить/ кого-л.

to go home - а) доходить до сердца; найти отклик в душе; б) доходить до сознания

to go on a bat /the batter, the bend, the bust, the spree, the razzle-dazzle/ - закутить, запить, загулять

you may go farther and fare worse см. fare II ♢

go while the going's good - убирайтесь подобру-поздорову /пока не поздно/

to go it - а) действовать энергично; прилагать все усилия; б) говорить очень откровенно; в) обрушивать артиллерийский огонь

go it! - ≅ давай, давай!, валяй! ( выражает поощрение к действию)

to go it alone - действовать в одиночку, брать на себя всю ответственность

if no one can help, I'll go it alone - если никто не может помочь, я буду действовать сам /я сделаю всё сам/

to go it blind - действовать вслепую; поступать опрометчиво

go fetch! - взять! ( приказание собаке)

go along with you! - а) проваливайте!; убирайтесь; б) хватит!, не несите вздора!

there you go! - ну (вот) поехал(а)!, опять (выражает досаду, недовольство)

there he [she] goes! - ≅ полюбуйтесь на него [на неё]!, хорош [хороша]!, как разошёлся [разошлась]!, нечего сказать!, ну и картина! ( восклицание удивления или неодобрения)

don't you go all polite on me! - откуда такая вежливость?

there it goes! - ≅ смотри(те)!, слушай(те)! (восклицание, чтобы привлечь внимание слушателя)

here goes! - а) ну, начали!; б) была не была!

go by! - карт. пас!

that /it/ goes for all of us - тут мы все заодно; мы все так считаем /думаем/

it /that/ goes without saying - само собой разумеется, совершенно очевидно

how goes it? - как дела?; как поживаете?; что слышно новенького?

how goes the world with you? - как идут у вас дела?

to go a-begging /begging/ - а) не иметь спроса /рынка/; б) быть вакантным ( о должности)

to go a-wool-gathering - быть рассеянным, витать в облаках

to go against the grain /the hair/ - быть не по вкусу /не по душе, не по нутру/; раздражать

to go to seed - а) пойти в семена; перестать развиваться; б) прийти в упадок; в) морально опуститься

her tongue goes nineteen to the dozen - она трещит без умолку

it goes like this - дело обстоит так

go like this with your left foot! - сделай левой ногой так!

to go like blazes - мчаться, нестись во весь опор

to go like sixty /split/ - амер. мчаться, нестись во весь опор

НБАРС > go
57 un

un, une [œ̃, yn]

━━━━━━━━━

1. indefinite article

2. pronoun

3. adjective

4. invariable masculine noun

5. feminine noun

━━━━━━━━━

1. <

a

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

► a devient an devant une voyelle.

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

• un chien a dog

• une poupée a doll

• une idée an idea

• un chien sent tout de suite si quelqu'un a peur de lui dogs know straight away when you're afraid of them

• un certain M. Legrand a Mr Legrand

• elle a fait une de ces scènes ! (inf) she made a dreadful scene!

• j'ai une de ces faims ! (inf) I'm so hungry!

2. <

one

• un seul just one

• pas un seul not one

• prêtez-moi un de vos livres lend me one of your books

• c'est un de ces enfants qui s'ennuient partout he's one of those children who gets bored wherever he goes(PROV) un de perdu, dix de retrouvés there are plenty more fish in the sea

► comme pas un (inf)

il est arrogant comme pas un he's as arrogant as they come► et d'une ! (inf) for a start!

• personne ne t'a forcé de venir, et d'une ! for a start no one forced you to come!► un à un, un par un one by one

• il a examiné les photos une à une he examined the photos one by one

• ajouter les œufs un par un add the eggs one at a time► en... un

• en voilà un qui ne se gêne pas ! well, he's got a nerve!

• j'en connais un qui sera content ! I know someone who'll be pleased!

• prête-m'en un lend me one

• il n'en reste qu'une there's only one left

• il m'en a raconté une drôle sur le directeur he told me a really funny one about the manager► l'un d'eux, l'un d'entre eux one of them

► l'un de

• l'une de nos idées one of our ideas

• l'une des meilleures chanteuses one of the best singers► les uns... les autres... some people... others...

► l'un après l'autre one after the other

► l'un contre l'autre

• serrés l'un contre l'autre huddled together► l'un dans l'autre ( = tout bien considéré) all in all

► l'un l'autre, les uns les autres one another each other

• aimez-vous les uns les autres love one another

3. <

(numéral) one

• vingt et un ans twenty-one years

• il reviendra dans un an ou deux he'll come back in a year or two

• chapitre un chapter one

• en deux mille un in two thousand and one

• ils ont gagné deux à un they won two-one

• prenez un gros oignon ou deux petits take one large onion or two small ones

• nous n'avons pas vu une seule voiture we didn't see a single car

• un jour, il m'a téléphoné one day he phoned me

• passez un soir drop in one evening

4. <

( = nombre) one

• un et un font deux one and one are two

• compter de un à cent to count from one to a hundred

• le cavalier ne faisait qu'un avec son cheval horse and rider were as one

5. <

une

a. ( = nombre) une, deux ! une, deux ! left, right! left, right!

• à la une, à la deux, à la trois ! (inf) with a one and a two and a three!

• il n'a fait ni une ni deux, il a accepté (inf) he accepted like a shot (inf)

b. (Press) cet accident fait la une des journaux the accident made the headlines

* * *

1.

une œ̃(n), yn article indéfini (pl des)

1) ( au singulier) a, an

avec un sang-froid remarquable — with remarkable self-control

il n'a pas dit un mot — he didn't say a ou one word

il n'y avait pas un arbre — there wasn't a single tree

un chien est plus docile qu'un chat — dogs are more docile than cats

un jour, je t'en parlerai — I'll tell you about it one day

2) ( au pluriel)

il y avait des mille-pattes et des scorpions — there were millipedes and scorpions

il y a des gens qui ne comprennent jamais rien — there are some people who never understand anything

des invités avaient déjà défait leur cravate — some guests had already loosened their ties

3) ( en emphase)

il fait un froid or un de ces froids! — it's so cold!

elle m'a donné une de ces gifles! — she gave me such a slap!

2.

pronom (pl uns, unes) gén one

(l')un d'entre or de nous — one of us

(l')un des meilleurs — one of the best

un de ces jours or quatre — (colloq) one of these days

les uns pensent que... — some think that...

3.

adjectif one, a (devant une consonne), an (devant une voyelle)

trente et une personnes ont été blessées — thirty-one people were injured

ici, il pleut un jour sur deux — it rains every other day here

4.

nom masculin, féminin one

il y en a un par personne — there's one each

les deux villes n'en font plus qu'une — the two cities have merged into one

un à ou par un — one by one

5.

(colloq) adverbe firstly, for one thing

un, je fais ce que je veux et deux ça ne te regarde pas! — firstly, I do what I like and secondly it's none of your business!

6.

nom masculin

1) ( nombre) one

un, deux, trois, partez! — one, two, three, go!

2) ( valeur ordinale)

page/scène un — page/scene one

3) fig

elle ne faisait qu'un avec sa machine — she and her machine were as one

••

s'en jeter un (derrière la cravate) — (colloq) to knock back a drink (colloq)

il est menteur comme pas un — he's the biggest liar

un pour tous et tous pour un — all for one and one for all; dix

••

Emploi et prononciation de a et an

- On emploie a ə devant les consonnes, les h aspirés et les semi-consonnes j, w (dans a university, a one-eyed man), et an ən devant les voyelles et h muets (hour, honest, heir)

Un = pronom

- L'emploi de un en corrélation avec autre est traité sous autre. Voir aussi chose, comme, ainsi que les verbes avec lesquels le pronom se substitue familièrement à un groupe nominal comme coller - en coller une, placer - en placer une etc)

Un = adjectif numéral

En général, un, adjectif numéral, se traduit indifféremment par a ou one: j'ai un garçon et deux filles = I have a ou one boy and two girls

En revanche un se traduit par one quand on veut insister sur le nombre. Ainsi, on dira: il ne reste qu'une pomme ( pas deux) = there's only one apple left; mais: il ne reste qu'une pomme ( pas d'autres fruits) = there's only an apple left; j'ai un frère et deux soeurs ( nous sommes quatres enfants) = I have one brother and two sisters; mais: j'ai un frère qui est informaticien ( j'ai d'autres frères) = I have a brother who is a computer scientist; ça coûte une livre = it costs a ou one pound; mais: ça coûte une livre cinquante = it costs one pound fifty; cela a pris une heure = it took an ou one hour; mais: il est une heure = it is one o'clock

••

Emploi et prononciation de a et an

- On emploie a ə devant les consonnes, les h aspirés et les semi-consonnes j, w (dans a university, a one-eyed man), et an ən devant les voyelles et h muets (hour, honest, heir)

Un = pronom

- L'emploi de un en corrélation avec autre est traité sous autre. Voir aussi chose, comme, ainsi que les verbes avec lesquels le pronom se substitue familièrement à un groupe nominal comme coller - en coller une, placer - en placer une etc)

Un = adjectif numéral

En général, un, adjectif numéral, se traduit indifféremment par a ou one: j'ai un garçon et deux filles = I have a ou one boy and two girls

En revanche un se traduit par one quand on veut insister sur le nombre. Ainsi, on dira: il ne reste qu'une pomme ( pas deux) = there's only one apple left; mais: il ne reste qu'une pomme ( pas d'autres fruits) = there's only an apple left; j'ai un frère et deux soeurs ( nous sommes quatres enfants) = I have one brother and two sisters; mais: j'ai un frère qui est informaticien ( j'ai d'autres frères) = I have a brother who is a computer scientist; ça coûte une livre = it costs a ou one pound; mais: ça coûte une livre cinquante = it costs one pound fifty; cela a pris une heure = it took an ou one hour; mais: il est une heure = it is one o'clock

* * *
œ̃, yn (une)
1. art indéf

1) (généralement) a, an devant voyelle

une fille — a girl

un garçon — a boy

un œuf — an egg

une pomme — an apple

2) (avec valeur intensive)

Il fait une chaleur! — It's so hot!

Il y avait une foule! — It was so crowded!, There was such a crowd!

Il est d'un bête! — He's so stupid!

un de ces... — such a...

J'ai eu une de ces migraines. — I had such a headache.

2. pron

one

Il n'y en a pas un de bon. — Not one of them is any good.

un par un — one by one

Ils entraient un par un. — They went in one by one.

l'un des meilleurs — one of the best

pas un seul — not a single one

l'un..., l'autre — the one..., the other

L'un est grand, l'autre est petit. — One is tall, the other is short.

l'un et l'autre — both of them, both

les uns..., les autres — some..., others

Les uns marchaient, les autres couraient. — Some were walking, others were running.

l'un ou l'autre — either of them, either

Prends l'un ou l'autre, ça m'est égal. — Take either of them, I don't mind.

l'un l'autre; les uns les autres — each other, one another

3. num

one

un citron et deux oranges — one lemon and two oranges

Combien de timbres? - Un. — How many stamps? - One.

Elle a un an. — She's one year old.

une pomme seulement — one apple only

4. nm inv

(chiffre)

le un — number one, one

5. nf

la une PRESSE — the front page

* * *

un ⇒ Note d'usage, une ⇒ Les nombres, L'heure

A art indéf (pl des)

1 ( au singulier) a, an; une pomme an apple; une femme vous demande a woman is asking for you; un ciel couvert an overcast sky; avec un sang-froid remarquable with remarkable self-control; il n'a pas dit un mot he didn't say a ou one word; il n'y avait pas un arbre there wasn't a single tree; c'est un Paul furieux que j'ai vu sortir du bureau it was an angry Paul that I saw coming out of the office; leur mère était une Montagut their mother was a Montagut; un chien est plus docile qu'un chat dogs are more docile than cats, a dog is more docile than a cat; un accident est vite arrivé accidents soon happen; un jour, je t'en parlerai I'll tell you about it one day;

2 ( au pluriel) il y avait des mille-pattes et des scorpions there were millipedes and scorpions; il y a des gens qui ne comprennent jamais rien there are some people who never understand anything; des invités avaient déjà défait leur cravate some guests had already loosened their ties;

3 ( en emphase) il fait un froid or un de ces froids! it's so cold!; j'ai une soif or une de ces soifs! I'm so thirsty!; elle marchait avec une grâce! she was walking so gracefully!; elle m'a donné une de ces gifles! she gave me such a slap!; il y a un monde aujourd'hui! there are so many people today!; il travaille jusqu'à des deux heures du matin he works up until two in the morning; il y en a des qui vont bien rire○! some people are going to have a good laugh!

B pron (pl uns, unes) gén one; (l')un de or d'entre nous one of us; (l')un des meilleurs one of the best; un de ces jours or quatre○ one of these days; l'un est diplomate one is a diplomat; les uns pensent que… some think that…; pas un n'a dit merci not one of them said thank you; un qui sera surpris, c'est… one person who will be surprised is…; t'en as un, de bateau, toi○? have YOU got a boat?

C adj one, a ( devant une consonne), an ( devant une voyelle); j'y suis resté un jour I stayed there for a ou one day; trente et une personnes ont été blessées thirty-one people were injured; ici, il pleut un jour sur deux it rains every other day here.

D nm,f one; il n'en reste qu'un there's only one left ; il y en a un par personne there's one each; j'en ai déjà mangé un I've already eaten one; les deux villes n'en font plus qu'une the two cities have merged into one; un à ou par un [cueillir, ramasser, laver] one by one; [arriver, entrer, partir] one by one, one after the other; traiter les problèmes un à ou par un to deal with the problems one by one.

E ○adv firstly, for one thing; un, je fais ce que je veux et deux ça ne te regarde pas! firstly, I do what I like and secondly it's none of your business!, for one thing I do what I like, for another thing it's none of your business!

F nm

1 ( nombre) one; il y a trois uns dans cent onze there are three ones in one hundred and eleven; un, deux, trois, partez! one, two, three, go!; faire un un ( aux dés) to throw a one;

2 ( valeur ordinale) page/scène un page/scene one;

3 fig elle ne faisait qu'un avec sa machine she and her machine were as one; dans l'adversité ils ne font qu'un they are united in the face of adversity.

G une nf la une the front page; être à la une to be in the headlines, to be on the front page.

Idiomes

tu peux me prêter 20 euros? je suis sans un○ could you lend me 20 euros? I'm broke○; s'en jeter un (derrière la cravate)○ to knock back a drink○; elle est fière comme pas une she's extremely proud; il est menteur comme pas un he's the greatest liar; c'est tout un it's all one to me; un pour tous et tous pour un all for one and one for all.

( féminin une, pluriel masculin uns [œ̃], pluriel féminin unes [yn], pluriel des [de]) [œ̃, devant nm commençant par voyelle ou h muet œ̃n, yn ] déterminant (article indéfini)

1. [avec une valeur indéterminée] a, an (devant une voyelle)

un homme a appelé ce matin a man called this morning

il doit y avoir une erreur there must be a ou some mistake

un jour, ce sera permis one day ou someday, it will be allowed

il y a des enfants qui jouent dans la rue there are (some) children playing in the street

as-tu des livres à me prêter? do you have any books you can lend me?

2. [avec une valeur particularisante] a, an (devant une voyelle)

j'irai plutôt un mardi I'll go on a Tuesday instead

c'est avec un grand plaisir que... it's with great pleasure that...

tu es une idiote you're an idiot

elle a fait preuve d'une réelle gentillesse she showed real kindness

un grand voyage se prépare des mois à l'avance a ou any long journey needs months of preparation

3. [avec une valeur emphatique]

il est d'une bêtise/d'un drôle! he's so stupid/funny!

j'ai eu une frousse, mais une frousse! (familier) I was absolutely terrified!

il y avait une foule! there was such a crowd!

j'ai une de ces migraines! I've got a splitting headache!

j'ai attendu des heures! I waited for hours!

il travaille jusqu'à des trois heures du matin he works as late as three in the morning

il gagne des 2 000 ou 3 000 euros par mois he makes up to 2,000 or 3,000 euros a month

4. [avec un nom propre]

un M. Baloi vous demande au téléphone there's a Mr Baloi for you (on the phone)

tout le monde ne peut pas être un Rimbaud we can't all be Rimbauds

c'est une future Callas she will be another ou she's the next Callas

c'est un Apollon he's a real Adonis

[désignant une œuvre]

faire l'acquisition d'un Picasso/d'un Van Gogh to acquire a Picasso/a Van Gogh

————————

( féminin une, pluriel masculin uns [œ̃], pluriel féminin unes [yn], pluriel des [de]) [œ̃, devant nm commençant par voyelle ou h muet œ̃n, yn ] pronom indéfini

1. [dans un ensemble] one

[en corrélation avec 'de']

un des seuls one of the few

appelle-le un de ces jours give him a call one of these days

un des événements qui a le plus retenu mon attention one of the events that really grabbed my attention

[avec l'article défini]

c'est l'un des concerts les plus réussis de ma carrière it's one of the most successful concerts of my career

l'un de mes amis one of my friends, a friend of mine

l'un des deux one of the two

l'un de vous deux est de trop one of you is not needed

2. [en corrélation avec 'en'] one

on demanda un médecin, il y en avait un dans la salle they called for a doctor, there was one in the room

parmi les enfants, il y en a un qui... one of the children...

mais bien sûr que j'en ai une, de voiture! (familier) of course I've got a car!

3. (emploi nominal) [quelqu'un] one person, someone

j'en connais une qui va être surprise! I know someone who's going to get a surprise!

————————

( féminin une, pluriel masculin uns [œ̃], pluriel féminin unes [yn], pluriel des [de]) [œ̃, devant nm commençant par voyelle ou h muet œ̃n, yn ] déterminant (adjectif numéral)

1. one

les enfants de un à sept ans children (aged) from one to seven

une femme sur cinq one woman out of ou in five

il y a un problème, un seul there's just one problem

ils n'ont même pas marqué un (seul) but they didn't even score one ou a single goal

je ne resterai pas une minute de plus ici I won't stay here another minute

j'ai fait plus d'une erreur dans ma jeunesse I made many mistakes ou more than one mistake in my youth

une à une, les lumières s'éteignaient the lights were going out one by one ou one after the other

avale les cachets un par un swallow the tablets one by one ou one at a time

vingt et un ans twenty one years

deux heures une one minute past two

la cuisine ne fait qu'un avec le salon there is an open-plan kitchen cum living-room

il ne faisait qu'un avec sa monture horse and rider were as one

et d'un, et de deux! that's one, and another (one)!

2. [dans des séries] one

page un ou une page one

il est une heure it's one o'clock

le trente et un mars on March the thirty-first (UK), March thirty-first (US)

une, deux! une, deux! left, right! left, right!

et d'une (familier) firstly, first of all, for a start

————————

( féminin une, pluriel masculin uns [œ̃], pluriel féminin unes [yn], pluriel des [de]) [œ̃, devant nm commençant par voyelle ou h muet œ̃n, yn ] adjectif qualificatif

(soutenu)

Dieu est un God is one

un nom masculin invariable

donnez-moi deux chiffres entre un et dix give me two numbers between one and ten

tu fais mal tes un your ones don't look right

la clef du un est perdue the key for number one has been lost

on répète la dernière scène du un THÉÂTRE we're rehearsing the last scene of act one

Dictionnaire Français-Anglais > un

58 NEMA

except

* * *

I)

conj.

1) except, save, but;

þoriga ek segja nema þér einum, I dare not tell any one save thee alone;

engi … nema, no … but, no (not any) other than (Grani vildi undir øngum manni ganga nema Sigurði);

2) with subj. unless;

engir þóttu lögligir dómar dœmdir, nema hann væri við, unless he had a hand in them;

3) save that;

nema ek hálsaða herjans stilli einu sinni, save that I once fell on the king’s neck;

4) veit ek eigi nema, hverr veit nema, I don’t know, (who knows) but that;

may be, perhaps (hverr veit nema ek verða víða frægr um síðir);

5) því at eins, nema, only in the case, if;

ráðit þér því at eins á þá nema þér séð allir sem øruggastir, do not attack them unless you are all most steadfast and dauntless;

6) nema heldr, but rather (eigi má þat menn kalla, nema heldr hunda);

7) nor, = né, hvárki sverð nema øxi, neither sword nor axe.

II)

(nem; nam, námum; numinn), v.

1) to take, take in use, take possession of (ef þú nemr þér jörð á Íslandi);

nema land, to take possession of land, as a settler (hann nam Eyjafjörð allan);

nema konu, to carry off, abduct a woman;

nema stað or staðar, stop, halt (hér munum vér stað or staðar nema);

nema yndi, to find rest in a place (hvárki nam hann yndi á Íslandi né í Noregi);

2) nema e-n e-u, to bereave one of a thing (nema e-n höfði, aldri, fjörvi);

3) to reach, touch (pilzit var svá sítt, at nam hæl);

hvárt nam þik eða eigi, did it touch thee or not? þótt þik nótt um nemi, though the night overtake thee;

4) to amount to, be equivalent to (honum þótti landauðn nema);

5) as an auxiliary verb, with infin.;

hann nam at vaxa ok vel dafna, he grew apace and throve well;

inn nam at ganga, he stepped in;

6) to percieve, catch, hear, of sound;

varð þá svá mikit úhljóð, at engi nam annars mál, that no one could hear the other’s voice;

eigi skulu vér þat mál svá nema, we shall not understand it so;

7) to learn (nema lög, fjölkyngi);

to learn by heart (vísur þessar námu margir);

nema e-t at (or af) e-m, to learn, get information, about a thing from one (Glúmr hafði numit þenna atburð at þeim manni, er hét Arnór);

8) with preps. and advs.:

nema e-t af, to abolish (var sú heiðni af numin sem önnur);

nema brott konu, to carry off a woman;

nema eptir e-u, to imitate;

nema e-t frá, to except (nema konur eða þeir menn, er hann næmi frá);

nema e-t upp, to pick up (nam ek upp rúnar);

nema við, to resist, make a stand (hann vill enn við nema, þótt liðsmunr væri mikill);

to stop, halt (þar námu þeir Hrafn við í nesinu);

nema við e-u, to touch (gaddhjaltit nam við borðinu);

to be a hindrance to (ef þat nemr við förinni, at þú þykkist hafa fé of lítit);

impers., nemr við e-u, there is an obstacle, or stop (en er þeir kómu at kirkjudurum, þá nam þar við);

9) refl., nemast e-t, to refuse, withhold from doing;

nemast förina, to refuse to go;

nemast orðsendingar hans, to disregard his messages;

also with infin. (hann bað hann eigi nemast með öllu at gøra sem bœndr vildu).

* * *

1.

conj. [compounded of the negative particle ne, and the adverb if or ef (q. v.) in an older dissyllabic form ifa; for the change of f into m see the introduction; cp. Ulf. nibai; A. S. nemne, nimne; O. H. G. nibu, nibi, nubi; Hel. nebu; early Swed. num; cp. Lat. ni-si, see Grimm’s Gramm. iii. 724.]

B. Except, save, but; manngi, nema einn Agnarr, Gm. 2; nema þér einum, Vkv. 24; allra nema einna, 26, Ls. 11; nema við þat lík at lifa, Hm. 96; nema sá einn Áss, Ls. 11; hvar kómu feðr várir þess, … hvar nema alls hvergi? Ísl. ii. 236; öngu nema lífinu, Nj. 7; öllu gózi nema búinu, Fms. ix. 470; engi nema þú einn, Barl. 207; engi nema Bergþórr, Fms. vii. 141; kom viðrinn á kirkju-sand, nema tvau tré kómu á Raufarnes, save that two trees came to R., Landn. 51, v. l.; Ólafr hafði mörg sár ok flest smá, nema tvau vóru nökkvi mest, Fb. i. 501; nema ek hélt, Óg. 23; þeir blandask eyvitar við aðra ísa nema sér einum heldr hann, Sks. 176 B; vætki of sýti’k nema hræðumk helvíti, Hallfred; lét Koðran skíra sik ok hjú hans öll, nema Ormr vildi eigi við trú taka, Bs. i. 5.

II. with subj. unless; aldrei, nema okkr væri báðum borit, Ls 9; nema þú hánum vísir … eða mey nemir, Hkv. 1. 19; nema ek dauðr sjá’k, 20; nema geðs viti, Hm. 19; nema hann mæli til mart, 26; nema haldendr eigi, 28; nema til kynnis komi, 32; nema reisi niðr at nið, 71; nema einir viti, 97; nema ek þik hafa, Hkv. Hjörv. 7; nema sjálfr ali, Stor. 16; nema þeir felldi hann, Edda 36; öngir þóttu lögligir dómar nema hann væri í, Nj. 1; nema maðr verði sjúkr eða sárr, Grág. i. 141; nema lands-fólkit kristnaðisk, Hkr. i. 248; nema mér banni hel, Fb. ii. 59; hann heyrði eigi nema æpt væri at honum, Fms. iv. 204, and in countless instances in old and mod. usage.

2. in phrases such as ‘veit ek eigi nema …,’ like Lat. nescio an, implying an affirmation; þú veizt eigi nema sá verði fégjarn, Sks. 28; nú veit ek eigi nema nökkurr verði virðing af at hafa þessu máli, Band. 34 new Ed.; hverr veit nema ek verða víða frægr um síðir, who can tell but that I shall be a widely known man some day? Fms. vi. (in a verse); nú veit ek eigi nema yðr þykki minna vega mín reiði en Sigurðar konungs, now know I not if, vii. 141; eigi veit ek nema þetta væri ráðligt, en eigi má ek þat vita …, viii. 95:—with indic., kveðkat ek dul nema hún hefir, there is no doubt but that she has, Ýt. 7; hver sé if nema rögn stýra, who can doubt that? Vellekla.

III. irreg. usages; ef nokkurr maðr ferr á jörðu, nema (in the case that, supposing that) sá vili á búa, sem fé á í jörðu, þá rænir sá hann, Gþl. 357: því at eins, nema, only in that case, if ( but not else); ráðit þér því at eins á þá nema pér sét allir sem öruggastir, only in the case if, i. e. do not attack them unless, Nj. 228; því at eins mun hann sættask vilja, nema hann gjaldi ekki, 254; skal hann því at eins í braut hafa þann hval, nema hann láti bera vitni, Jb. 326: þat man því at eins, nema ek nái ráða-hag við Melkorku, Ld. 70; því at eins ferjanda, nema fjörbaugr komi fram, Nj. 240; oss þykkir þú því at eins veita skylda þjónustu konungi, nema þú leggir af tignar-klæðin, Fms. ix. 432.

2. nema heldr, but rather; eigi má þat menn kalla, nema heldr hunda, not men, but rather dogs, Bær. 9; sver ek eigi at eins fyrir mik, nema heldr fyrir allra þeirra sálir, Gþl. 69; hón hafði eigi hreinlífi at eins, nema heldr ok alla gæzku, Hom. 128; nema enn, but on the contrary; at glæpask eigi lengr í félags-skap við Philistim, nema enn skulu þér …, Stj. 412, 428, 442: eigi at eins óttaðisk hann um sjálfs síns líf, nema jamvel um alla aðra sína frændr, but also, Barl. 73: fyrr nema = fyrr enn, fyrr skal dólga dynr, nema ek dauðr sják (= fyrr en ek sé dauðr), Hkv. 1. 20:—hefi ek vist sét þat gull, at öngum mun er verra, nema betra sé, which is not worse, if it is not even better, Fb. i. 348.

2.

pres. nem; pret. nam, namt, nam, pl. námu; subj. næmi; part. numinn, older nominn, N. G. L. i. 200, Hom. 100; with neg., suff. nam-a, Hkv. 2. 15; a pret. numdi in mod. usage, formed from the part. numinn, as if from a verb nymja; örvaðist geð á allan hátt er eg numdi sjónum föður-landið heldr hátt hafít upp úr sjónum, Eggert: [Ulf. niman = λαμβάνειν; A. S. neman; Germ. nehmen; freq. in Early Engl.; in mod. Engl., where it is superseded by the Scandin. taka, it survives in nimble and numb = A. S. be-numen = lcel. numinn.]

A. To take; the use of the word in this, its proper sense, is limited, for taka (q. v.) is the general word, whereas nema remains in special usages; nema upp, to pick up, Hm. 140; nema e-n ór nauðum, Fsm.; þar er gull numit upp í söndum, Rb. 350; at hann nemr hann ór kviðnum, ok kveða á hvert hann nemr hann ór sínu órnámi, eða annars manns, Grág. i. 51; reifa mál þeirra er ór dóminum eru numnir, 79; hann á kost at nema þá upp alla senn, 51:—nema af, to abolish; þessi heiðni var af numin á fára vetra fresti, Nj. 165, Íb. 4:—nema frá, to except; nema konur eða þeir menn er hann næmi frá, 5; á þeim tíðum er uú eru frá numnar, Grág. i. 325:—upp numinn, taken up into heaven; Enoch var upp numinn, Stj. 41.

2. to take by force, seize upon; þá menn er konu hafa numit ( carried off), Grág. i. 354; hann nam sér konu af Grikklandi, Rb. 404; Jupiter þá er hann nam Europam, 732. 17; Björn nam Þóru á brott, Eg. 155; ek nam konu þessa er hér er hjá mér, Nj. 131; hann segir hann hafa numit sik í burt af Grænlandi undan Sólar-fjöllum, Bárð. 32 new Ed.: nema nes-nám, Danir ok Svíar herjuðu mjök í Vestr-víking ok kómu þá opt í Eyjarnar er þeir fóru vestr eða vestan, ok námu þar nesnám, Fms. iv. 229, (see nesnám, landnám):—in a lawful sense, nema land, to take possession of a land, as a settler (landnám II); hann nam Eyjafjörð allan.

3. nema e-n e-u, to bereave one of a thing; nema e-n höfði, aldri, fjörvi, Gkv. 2. 31, 42; verða ek á fitjum þeim er mik Niðaðar námu rekkar, Vkv.; hví namtú hann sigri þá? Em. 6; sigri numnir, Fms. xi. 306 (in a verse); numinn máli, bereft of speech, Geisli 34; fjörvi numna, life-bereft, Eb. (in a verse); hann lá þar lami ok öllu megni numinn, Hom. 116; þar til er lands-menn námu þá ráðum, used force, coerced them, Bs. i. 24; ríkir menn verða þá ráðum nomnir, Hom. 100; ef hann vill eigi nema trúa því, if he will not believe it, N. G. L. i. 88.

4. to reach, touch, hit; í hvítu pilzi, þat var svá sítt at þat nam hæl, Fas. ii. 343; nema hjöltin við neðra gómi, Edda 20; allir þeir sem oddrinn nam, Skíða R. 183; hvárt nam þik eðr eigi! Nj. 97; ok nema hann þar nauðsynjar, at hann má eigi lík færa, and if he is held back by necessity, N. G. L. i. 14, K. Á. 70; þótt þik nótt um nemi, if the night overtake thee, Sdm. 26: hence the saying, láta þar nótt sem nemr, to leave it to the night as it takes one = to take no care of the morrow:—nema stað, to take up one’s position, halt, Nj. 133, 197, Fms. i. 167, vii. 68, Eg. 237.

5. spec. phrases; Kolskeggr nam þar eigi yndi, Nj. 121; ef hann vildi þar staðfestask ok nema yndi, Fms. i. 103:—nema staðar = nema stað, Nj. 54, 205, 265, Ld. 104, Stj. 486, Fms. i. 206: of a weapon, hefi ek þat sverð er hvergi nemr í höggi stað, I have so keen a sword that it never stops in its stroke, i. e. it cuts clean through anything, Fas. ii. 535; oddrinn nam í brynjunni staðar, Al. 76; svá at staðar nam (naf Cod. Reg.) höndin við sporðinn, Edda 40; nema hvíld, to take rest, Alm. 1; nema veiðar, to take the prey, to hunt, Hým. 1.

6. to amount to, be equivalent to; ef eigi nemr kúgildi, Grág. ii. 233; honum þótti landauðn nema, Íb. 4; það nemr öngu, litlu, miklu, it is of no, of small, of great importance; bríkr þær er greyping hefir numit, Gþl. 345.

7. nema við, to strike against so as to stop, come no further; nam þar við ok gékk eigi lengra, Fms. xi. 278; en gadd-hjaltið nam við borðinu, Eb. 36.

8. metaph. to stop, halt; hér munu vér við nema, Finnb. 236; þar námu þeir Hrafn við í nesinu, Ísl. ii. 266; hann býsk við, ok vill enn við nema, þótt liðs-munr væri mikill, Bjarn. 54; konungr verðr glaðr við er hann skal fyrir hafa funnit þá menn er eigi spara viðr at nema, Al. 46; en ef þat nemr við förinni, at þú þykisk hafa fé oflítið, þá …, Ld. 70; er þat úvizka at bera eigi slíkt, ok mun þat eigi við nema, Glúm. 327; at konungr mundi fátt láta við nema, at sættir tækisk, i. e. that he would do anything for the sake of peace, Eg. 210.

II. as an auxiliary verb, emphatic, like Engl. do, did, with infin.; Höðr nam skjóta (H. did shoot) … sá nam einnættr vega, Vsp. 37; þá nam at vaxa, Hkv. 1. 9; hann nam at vaxa (he ‘took to growing’) ok vel dafna, Rm. 19; inn nam at ganga, 2; lind nam at skelfa, 9, 35; nam hón sér Högna heita at rúnum, Skv. 3. 14; róa námu ríki, they did row mightily, Am. 35; nam hann vittugri valgaldr kveða, Vtkv. 4; nama Högna mær of hug mæla, Hkv. 2. 15; þat nam at mæla, Og. 9: seldom in prose, ek nam eigi trúa á þat er hann sagði, Post.; Falka hestr Þiðreks nemr þetta at sjá, Þiðr. 117.

B. Metaph. to take in a mental sense or by the senses, to perceive, like Lat. apprehendere, comprehendere, freq. in old and mod. usage:

I. to perceive, catch, hear, of sound; en svá mikill ákafi var at hvassleik veðrsins þá er konungr tók at mæla, at varla námu þeir er næstir vóru, Fms. viii. 55; sem þeir vóru langt brottu komnir, svá at þó mátti nema kail milli þeirra ok manna Saul, Stj. 486; þeir skulu svá nær sitjask, at hvárirtveggju nemi orð annarra, Grág. i. 69; engi nam mál annars, Nj. 164; mál nam í milli þeirra, Fms. v. 31; eigi skulu vér þat mál svá nema, we shall not understand it so, Hom. 156.

II. to learn; klök nam fugla, Rm.; hann hafði numit svá lög, at hann var enn þriðr mestr laga-maðr á Íslandi, Nj. 164; inir hæstu turnar hafa numit honum at hníga, Al. 90; nú var Þórir þar ok nam þar fjölkyngi, Fb. iii. 245; Óðinn var göfgastr, ok at honum námu þeir allir íþróttirnar, Hkr. i; nema nám, to take in, acquire learning, Bs. i. 92, 127; see nám:—to ‘catch,’ learn by heart, þær kváðu vísur þessar en hann nam, Nj. 275; vísur þessar námu menn þegar, Ó. H. 207; en hinn nemi, er heyrir á, Darrl.; Þórdís nam þegar vísuna, Gísl. 33:—to learn from, þvar namtu þessi hnæfilegu orð? nam ek at mönnum …, Hbl.; nema ráð, Hm.; menn nemi mál mín ! Ó. H. (in a verse):—nema e-t at e-m, to learn something, derive information from one, ek hefi hér verit at nema kunnustu at Finnum, Fms. i. 8; hann nam lögspeki at Þorsteini, Ísl. ii. 205; hann nam kunnáttu at Geirríði, Eb. 44; Glúmr hafði numit þenna atburð at þeim manni er hét Arnórr, Fms. i. 266; en Oddr nam at Þorgeiri afráðs-koll …, Ari nam ok marga fræði at Þuríði Snorra dóttur Goða … hann hafði numit af gömlum mönnum ok vitrum, … eptir því sem vér höfum numit af fróðum mönnum, … þótt hverr maðr hafi síðan numit at öðrum, … ok hafa menn síðan at þeim numit, Ó. H. (pref.); nemi þér af mér, Fms. viii. 55.

C. Reflex., prop. to take, seize for oneself:

1. to take by force; ef maðr nemsk konu, ok samþykkjask þau síðan, þá …, H. E. i. 247.

β. to stop; ok hafða ek þat sverð, sem aldri hefir í höggi stað numisk (= numit), Fas. ii. 208; friðr namsk, ceased.

γ. to refuse, withhold from doing; hann bað hann eigi nemask með öllu at göra sem bændr vildu, Hkr. i. 142; hverr bóndi er þat nemsk ( who makes default), gjaldi …, K. Á. 40; þar var kominn fjöldi liðs ór Austr-löndum til móts við hann, ok námusk förina ( refused to go) ef hann kæmi eigi, Fb. ii. 71; en ef maðr nemsk leiðangrs-görð, eðr leiðangrs-ferð, þá hafi ármaðr sótt þat fyrr en skip komi á hlunn, … at hann hafi leiðangr görvan ok eigi fyrir nomisk, N. G. L. i. 200; en þó vil ek eigi fyrir minn dauða at nemask ( disregard) hans orðsendingar, O. H. L. 29.

2. to learn; láttú nemask þat, learn, take heed that, Skv. 1, passim; eptir þetta nemask af aptrgöngur hans, Ld. 54.

II. part. numinn, as adj. numb, seized, palsied; hann var allr numinn öðrum megin, ok mátti eigi mæla hálfum munni, Ann.; þá varð ek sem ek væra numinn, Mar.; vera frá sér numinn, to be beside oneself, from joy, astonishment, or the like, cp. the references above (A. 3).

Íslensk-ensk orðabók > NEMA

59 verus

vērus, a, um, adj. [etym. dub.; cf. Zend var, believe; Sanscr. var, choose, wish], true, real, actual, genuine, etc. (opp. falsus, fictus).
I.
Lit.:
secerni blandus amicus a vero et internosci tam potest adhibitā diligentiā, quam omnia fucata et simulata a sinceris atque veris,
Cic. Lael. 25, 95:
perspicere, quid in quāque re verum sincerumque sit,
id. Off. 2, 5, 18:
vera an falsa,
Ter. And. 5, 4, 19:
res vera (opp. ficta),
Cic. Lael. 7, 24:
verus ac germanus Metellus,
id. Verr. 2, 4, 66, § 147; cf.:
ipsus verus Harpax,
Plaut. Ps. 4, 7, 111:
vera mea uxor,
id. As. 1, 1, 46 (dub.;
al. verum): color,
Ter. Eun. 2, 3, 27:
vultus,
id. And. 5, 1, 20:
via,
Plaut. Cas. 2, 6, 17:
vera et perfecta amicitia,
Cic. Lael. 6, 22:
vera, gravis, solida gloria,
id. Phil. 5, 18, 50:
decus,
id. Rep. 6, 23, 25:
causa verissima,
id. Ac. 2, 4, 10:
virtus,
Hor. C. 3, 5, 29:
dolores,
id. Ep. 1, 17, 57:
amicus,
id. A. P. 425:
nati,
legitimate, Prop. 2, 9, 17:
verius ergo quid sit,
Mart. 8, 76, 7:
ut verum esset, suā voluntate sapientem descendere, etc.,
Cic. Rep. 1, 6, 11:
id si ita est, ut, etc.... sin autem illa veriora, ut, etc.,
id. Lael. 4, 14.—
B.
Subst.: vērum, i, n., what is true or real, the truth, the reality, the fact:
interesse oportet, ut inter rectum et pravum, sic inter verum et falsum,
Cic. Ac. 2, 11, 33:
notionem veri et falsi nullam habere,
id. ib.:
verum dicere,
Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 89; Ter. And. 2, 6, 6:
si simile veri quid invenerim,
Cic. Ac. 2, 20, 66; id. Rep. 3, 5, 8:
si verum scire vis,
id. Att. 12, 41, 3:
si verum quaerimus,
id. Tusc. 2, 23, 55:
verum quidem si audire volumus,
id. Brut. 73, 256:
verum non libenter audire,
Mart. 8, 76, 8:
minor est tua gloria vero,
Ov. H. 15 (16), 143:
ut quid hujus veri sit, sciam,
Plaut. Aul. 4, 10, 72; cf.:
non pervident quid sit in vero,
actually, really, Lact. 1, 17, 1.—So the freq. construction of the gen. veri with similis, similiter, and similitudo (by many also joined together [p. 1979] in one word, verisimilis, etc.):
narrationem jubent veri similem esse,
Cic. de Or. 2, 19, 80:
id quod veri simile occurrit,
id. Tusc. 2, 2, 5:
veri simillimum mihi videtur, quodam tempore, etc.,
id. Inv. 1, 3, 4:
veri similiora,
id. N. D. 1, 24, 66:
res similis veri,
Liv. 26, 38, 9:
simillimum veri,
Cic. Tusc. 5, 4, 11:
quod est magis verisimile,
Caes. B. G. 3, 13:
veri similiter fingere,
App. Mag. p. 293:
veri similius,
id. ib. and p. 312; Tert. Apol. 16:
veri similitudinem sequi,
Cic. Ac. 2, 33, 107; Sen. Ben. 4, 33, 2; genuine, Plin. 34, 7, 17, § 66; cf.
, in a reversed order: similitudo veri,
Cic. Part. Or. 11, 40; id. Univ. 3:
res facit controversiam aut de vero aut de recto aut de nomine,
respecting fact, id. Or. 34, 121:
nec procul a vero est, quod,
from the truth, Ov. Tr. 5, 6, 27:
ex vero positum permansit Equiria nomen,
id. F. 2, 859:
in vero esse,
to be true, Lact. 1, 11, 31; 1, 17, 1:
teneras aures mordaci radere vero,
Pers. 1, 107.— Plur.:
recta et vera loquere,
Plaut. Capt. 5, 2, 7:
vera dico,
id. Am. 1, 1, 239; 2, 1, 12; 2, 2, 55 al.:
artem se tradere vera ac falsa dijudicandi,
Cic. de Or. 2, 38, 157:
qui species alias veris... caput (= alias ab iis quae verae sunt, Orell.),
Hor. S. 2, 3, 208:
adjecta veris credibilis rerum imago,
Quint. 4, 2, 123:
vis dicam tibi veriora veris?
Mart. 6, 30, 6.
II.
Transf.
A.
Like rectus, consonant with reason or good morals, i. e. right, proper, fitting, suitable, reasonable, just (class.):
ah, Idnest verum?
Ter. And. 4, 1, 5:
cum aliquid verum ac rectum esse dicitur,
Cic. Leg. 3, 15, 34:
quod est rectum, verum quoque est,
id. ib. 2, 5, 11:
omnia recta, vera,
id. Tusc. 3, 27, 64:
lex vera atque princeps,
id. Leg. 2, 4, 10:
quibus peritia et verum ingenium est,
Sall. H. 1, 111 Dietsch:
ea, si vera existimare voles, maxume hortabuntur,
id. ib. 4, 61, 3 ib.:
nil Grosphus nisi verum orabit et aequum,
Hor. Ep. 1, 12, 23.—
2.
Esp., verum est, with subject-clause (so most freq. = aequum est, etc.):
neque verum esso, qui suos fines tueri non potuerint, alienos occupare,
Caes. B. G. 4, 8:
(Cato) negat verum esse, allici benevolentiam cibo,
Cic. Mur. 35, 74:
verum est, (agrum) habere eos, quorum sanguine ac sudore partus sit,
Liv. 2, 48, 2; 3, 40, 11; 24, 48, 11;
28, 13, 7: metiri se quemque suo modulo ac pede, verum est,
Hor. Ep. 1, 7, 98; id. S. 2, 3, 212:
verius esse, Ti. Sempronio imperium habenti tradi exercitum quam legato,
Liv. 35, 8, 6:
me verius unum Pro vobis foedus luere,
Verg. A. 12, 694: si verum est, with acc. and inf., if the view is correct, Cic. N. D. 3, 31, 77; Liv. 30, 26, 7.— Rarely with ut:
praeclarum illud est, et, si quaeris, rectum quoque et verum, ut, etc.,
right and just, Cic. Tusc. 3, 29, 73:
si verum est, quod nemo dubitat, ut populus Romanus superarit, etc.,
Nep. Hann. 1, 1.—
3.
Subst.: vērum, i, n., honor, duty:
in senatu parsilla, quae vero pretium aut gratiam anteferebat,
Sall. J. 16, 1.—
B.
Speaking or containing the truth, true, veracious, = veridicus (rare):
sum verus?
Ter. And. 2, 5, 12:
vates,
Ov. H. 16, 123:
Apollinis os,
id. M. 10, 209:
judicium viri eruditissimi ac super ista verissimi,
Plin. Ep. 9, 25, 2; 2, 9, 4; cf.:
quo viro nihil firmius, nihil verius,
id. ib. 4, 22, 3:
verissimus et sapientissimus judex,
most conscientious, Cic. Rosc. Am. 30, 84.— Advv.
A.
vērum.
1.
Lit., truly, just so, certainly, doubtless, even so, yes, as a confirmatory reply (ante-class. and rare, while vero is classical; v. vero init.): So. Facies? Ch. Verum, Ter. Heaut. 5, 3, 11; Plaut. As. 4, 2, 45. Ct. Men' quaerit? Sy. Verum, Ter. Ad. 4, 2, 4; id. Eun. 2, 3, 56; 5, 6, 18.—
2.
Transf.
a.
In gen., as a strongly corroborative adversative particle, but in truth, but not with standing, but yet; and after negative clauses, but even, but:
merito maledicas mihi, si id ita factum est: Verum haud mentior, resque uti facta, dico,
Plaut. Am. 2, 1, 23; 1, 2, 22; Ter. And. prol. 4; id. Eun. 1, 2, 103; id. Heaut. 3, 3, 37:
in optimorum consiliis posita est civitatium salus: praesertim cum, etc.... Verum hunc optimum statum pravis hominum opinionibus eversum esse dicunt,
Cic. Rep. 1, 34, 51:
quod ejus (Hermagorae) peccatum reprehendendum videtur, verum brevi,
id. Inv. 1, 9, 12:
quae non dicunt, verum intellegi volunt,
Quint. 8, 5, 12:
sed nos non, quid nobis utile, verum quid oratori necessarium sit, quaerimus,
Cic. de Or. 1, 60, 254: ea sunt omnia non a naturā, verum a magistro, id. Mur. 29, 61; Verg. E. 3, 35.—
(β).
In the construction non modo (solum, tantum)... verum etiam (quoque), not only... but also:
non modo agendo, verum etiam cogitando,
Cic. Cael. 19, 45; id. Verr. 2, 2, 66, § 161:
non solum naturā et moribus, verum etiam studio et doctrinā,
id. Lael. 2, 6:
non ingrato tantum, verum etiam invido et crudeli animo,
Just. 21, 6, 7:
servavit ab omni Non solum facto, verum opprobrio quoque turpi,
Hor. S. 1, 6, 84: non modo... verum ne... quidem, not only not... but not even, Cic. Rep. 3, 30, 42.—
b.
In partic.
(α).
In a transition, but, yet, still (freq. and class.):
non edepol nunc, ubi terrarum sim scio, si quis roget... Ilicet, mandata eri perierunt una et Sosia, Verum certum'st confidenter hominem contra adloqui,
Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 183:
deinde hoc vobis confirmo, etc.... verum quod ego laboribus, etc.... me persecuturum esse polliceor, etc.,
Cic. Verr. 1, 17, 51: verum schemata lexeôs duorum sunt generum, Quint. 9, 3, 2:
verum etiamsi quis summa desperet,
id. 12, 11, 26:
verum veniat sane,
Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 31, § 76 et saep.—Strengthened by enim, vero, and (in class. prose) enimvero, but truly, but indeed:
verum enim, quando bene promeruit, fiat,
Ter. Ad. 2, 1, 47: verum vero inter offam atque herbam, ibi vero longum intervallum est, Cato ap. Gell. 13, 17, 1:
verum hercle vero,
Plaut. Curc. 3, 5:
si ullo in loco ejus provinciae frumentum tanti fuit, quanti, etc. Verum enim vero cum, etc.,
Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 84, § 194; so,
verum enim vero,
id. de Or. 3, 14, 54 N. cr.; Sall. C. 20, 10; Liv. 4, 4, 8.—
(β).
In breaking off the current of discourse (cf. sed), but however, but:
exspectabantur Calendae Januariae, fortasse non recte. Verum praeterita omittamus,
Cic. Phil. 5, 12, 31: verum quidem haec hactenus;
cetera quotiescumque voletis,
id. Tusc. 3, 34, 84:
sed hoc nihil ad me... Verum hoc (ut dixi) nihil ad me. Illud ad me, etc.,
id. de Or. 2, 32, 139.—
B.
vērō, in truth, in fact, certainly, truly, to be sure, surely, assuredly:
eho, mavis vituperari falso, quam vero extolli?
Plaut. Most. 1, 3, 21:
iste eum sese ait, qui non est, esse: et qui vero est negat,
id. Capt. 3, 4, 35: Tox. Amplectere sis. Lemn. Ego vero, id. Pers. 5, 1, 12; cf. Curt. 6, 3, 5: As. Ego non novi adulescentem vostrum. St. Veron'? As. Serio, Plaut. Truc. 2, 2, 47:
veron' serio?
id. Merc. 4, 1, 19:
itane vero obturbat?
Ter. And. 5, 4, 23: Ch. Vah, gloriare evenisse ex sententiā? Sy. Non hercle vero, verum dico, id. Heaut. 4, 5, 18:
quod de domo scribis... ego vero tum denique mihi videbor restitutus, si, etc.,
Cic. Fam. 14, 2, 3; cf.
even at the beginning of a letter: ego vero cupio te ad me venire,
I do really wish, id. ib. 14, 16, 10; so,
ego vero vellem,
id. ib. 4, 6, 1:
cum effusis gaudio lacrimis cupere vero diceret, etc.,
Liv. 27, 19, 12; Plin. Ep. 9, 20, 1.—
Esp., in apodosis, tum vero: postea quam ad causam dicendam ventum est, tum vero sine metu omnes erant, etc.,
Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 29, § 70; Sall. J. 94, 3; Stat. Th. 1, 412; cf.
tum, III. B. 1.—Ironically: sane quia vero hae mihi patent semper fores,
Ter. Eun. 1, 2, 9:
multum vero haec eis jura profuerunt,
Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 47, § 124:
turpem vero actionem, etc.,
id. Phil. 13, 11, 25:
egregiam vero laudem refertis,
Verg. A. 4, 93.—With immo:
immo vero indignum facinus faxo ex me audies,
Ter. And. 5, 2, 13. —
b.
In corroborative replies, yes, certainly, by all means, assuredly, etc. (class.; while verum in this sense is only ante-class.): De. An quid est etiam amplius? He. Vero amplius, Ter. Ad. 3, 4, 23; id. Eun. 3, 1, 12: M. Fuisti saepe, credo, in scholis philosophorum. A. Vero, ac libenter quidem, Cic. Tusc. 2, 11, 26:
sed tu orationes nobis veteres explicabis? Vero, inquam, Brute,
id. Brut. 87, 300:
tu vero, inquam, Tite,
id. ib. 85, 292:
nos vero, inquit ille,
id. Fin. 4, 28, 80: M. Cadere, opinor, in sapientem aegritudinem tibi dixisti videri. A. Et vero ita existimo, id. Tusc. 3, 6, 12.—With immo, nay rather: De. Quin tu mi argentum cedo. Ph. Immo vero uxorem tu cedo, Ter. Phorm. 5, 8, 43:
sed da mihi nunc, satisne probas? Immo vero et haec, etc.,
Cic. Ac. 1, 3, 10:
immo vero, inquit, ii vivunt, qui, etc.,
id. Rep. 6, 14, 14: S. Quid domi? pluresne praesunt negotiis tuis? L. Immo vero unus, inquit, id. ib. 1, 39, 61.—And, to strengthen negative answers, joined with minime: S. Quid? totam domum num quis alter, praeter te, regit? L. Minime vero, Cic. Rep. 1, 39, 61; 3, 32, 44; id. Ac. 1, 1, 2; id. Off. 3, 6, 29 al.—
c.
In urgent or encouraging expostulation, but, though, however, etc.: Ni. Cape hoc tibi aurum, Chrysale, i, fer filio. Ch. Non equidem accipiam. Ni. Cape vero:
odiose facis,
take it though, Plaut. Bacch. 4, 9, 139:
respice vero,
id. Ep. 1, 1, 3:
ostende vero,
id. ib. 5, 2, 58:
minue vero iram,
Ter. Phorm. 2, 3, 88.—
d.
To indicate a climax, even, indeed:
neque solum in tantis rebus, sed etiam in mediocribus vel studiis vel officiis, vel vero etiam negotiis contemnendum,
Cic. Rep. 1, 3, 4:
quod cum tam multi homines audissent, statim ad me defertur: immo vero, ut quisque me viderat, narrabat,
id. Verr. 1, 7, 19:
nec vero jam meo nomine abstinent,
id. Rep. 1, 3, 6:
neque vero id satis habuit,
Nep. Epam. 4, 5.—
2.
Transf., as a strongly corroborative adversative particle, but in fact, but indeed, however (always placed after a word):
ne T. quidem Postumius contemnendus in dicendo: de re publicā vero non minus vehemens orator, quam bellator fuit,
Cic. Brut. 77, 269:
non vero tam isti (sc. mortui sunt) quam tu ipse, nugator,
id. Sen. 9, 27:
dixisti non auxilium mihi, sed me auxilio defuisse. Ego vero fateor hercule, quod viderim mihi auxilium non deesse, idcirco me illi auxilio pepercisse,
id. Planc. 35, 86; id. Rep. 1, 7, 12:
ubi per exploratores Caesar certior factus est, tres jam copiarum partes Helvetios id flumen transduxisse, quartam vero partem citra flumen Ararim reliquam esse,
Caes. B. G. 1, 12.—In transitions:
age vero ceteris in rebus quali sit temperantiā, considerate,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 14, 40:
nec vero tibi de versibus respondebo,
id. Phil. 2, 8, 20.—
C.
vērē, according to truth, truly, really, in fact; properly, rightly, aright:
hoc quom fit, ibi non vere vivitur,
Ter. Heaut. 1, 1, 102 Fleck.:
honestum, quod proprie vereque dicitur, id in sapientibus est solis,
Cic. Off. 3, 3, 13:
quis putare vere potest, etc.,
id. Rep. 1, 17, 28:
vere ducere,
id. ib. 1, 38, 60:
verene hoc memoriae proditum est? etc.,
id. ib. 2, 15, 28:
immo, si vere volumus dicere, jam incohavit bellum,
Liv. 41, 23, 13:
omnia vere vates locuta est,
Verg. A. 6, 188:
vere an dolo,
Spart. Sev. 5.— Comp.:
libentius quam verius,
Cic. Mil. 29, 78:
Ligures latrones verius quam justi hostes,
Liv. 40, 27, 10.— Sup.:
verissime loquor,
Cic. Att. 5, 21, 7:
verissime dicere,
id. Rep. 2, 4, 8.

Lewis & Short latin dictionary > verus

60 walao

------------------------------------------------------------

[Swahili Word] walao

[English Word] even

[Part of Speech] adverb

[Derived Word] Arabic

------------------------------------------------------------

[Swahili Word] walao

[English Word] at least

[Part of Speech] adverb

[Derived Word] Arabic

[Swahili Example] niruhusu nikuonyeshe walao shukrani zangu [Mt]

------------------------------------------------------------

[Swahili Word] walao

[English Word] not even

[Part of Speech] adverb

[Derived Word] Arabic

------------------------------------------------------------

[Swahili Word] walao

[English Word] not a single one

[Part of Speech] adverb

[Derived Word] Arabic

[Swahili Example] Rukia hakutokwa na walao chozi moja [Mt]

------------------------------------------------------------

Swahili-english dictionary > walao

Страницы

← Предыдущая

Следующая →

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

См. также в других словарях:

One Tree Hill (TV series) — One Tree Hill Intertitle, seasons 1–4; 8 Genre Drama, Sports Format Teen drama … Wikipedia

Word Association — is a common word game involving an exchange of words that are associated together.How to playOnce an original word has been chosen, usually randomly or arbitrarily, a player will find a word that they associate with it and make it known to all… … Wikipedia

Word salad (computer science) — Word salad is a mixture of seemingly meaningful words that together signify nothing; [Lavergne 2006:384] the phrase draws its name from the common name for a symptom of schizophrenia, Word salad. When applied to a physical theory, word salad is a … Wikipedia

Word — Word, n. [AS. word; akin to OFries. & OS. word, D. woord, G. wort, Icel. or[eth], Sw. & Dan. ord, Goth. wa[ u]rd, OPruss. wirds, Lith. vardas a name, L. verbum a word; or perhaps to Gr. rh twr an orator. Cf. {Verb}.] [1913 Webster] 1. The spoken… … The Collaborative International Dictionary of English

Word blindness — Word Word, n. [AS. word; akin to OFries. & OS. word, D. woord, G. wort, Icel. or[eth], Sw. & Dan. ord, Goth. wa[ u]rd, OPruss. wirds, Lith. vardas a name, L. verbum a word; or perhaps to Gr. rh twr an orator. Cf. {Verb}.] [1913 Webster] 1. The… … The Collaborative International Dictionary of English

Word deafness — Word Word, n. [AS. word; akin to OFries. & OS. word, D. woord, G. wort, Icel. or[eth], Sw. & Dan. ord, Goth. wa[ u]rd, OPruss. wirds, Lith. vardas a name, L. verbum a word; or perhaps to Gr. rh twr an orator. Cf. {Verb}.] [1913 Webster] 1. The… … The Collaborative International Dictionary of English

Word dumbness — Word Word, n. [AS. word; akin to OFries. & OS. word, D. woord, G. wort, Icel. or[eth], Sw. & Dan. ord, Goth. wa[ u]rd, OPruss. wirds, Lith. vardas a name, L. verbum a word; or perhaps to Gr. rh twr an orator. Cf. {Verb}.] [1913 Webster] 1. The… … The Collaborative International Dictionary of English

Word for word — Word Word, n. [AS. word; akin to OFries. & OS. word, D. woord, G. wort, Icel. or[eth], Sw. & Dan. ord, Goth. wa[ u]rd, OPruss. wirds, Lith. vardas a name, L. verbum a word; or perhaps to Gr. rh twr an orator. Cf. {Verb}.] [1913 Webster] 1. The… … The Collaborative International Dictionary of English

Word painting — Word Word, n. [AS. word; akin to OFries. & OS. word, D. woord, G. wort, Icel. or[eth], Sw. & Dan. ord, Goth. wa[ u]rd, OPruss. wirds, Lith. vardas a name, L. verbum a word; or perhaps to Gr. rh twr an orator. Cf. {Verb}.] [1913 Webster] 1. The… … The Collaborative International Dictionary of English

Word picture — Word Word, n. [AS. word; akin to OFries. & OS. word, D. woord, G. wort, Icel. or[eth], Sw. & Dan. ord, Goth. wa[ u]rd, OPruss. wirds, Lith. vardas a name, L. verbum a word; or perhaps to Gr. rh twr an orator. Cf. {Verb}.] [1913 Webster] 1. The… … The Collaborative International Dictionary of English

Word square — Word Word, n. [AS. word; akin to OFries. & OS. word, D. woord, G. wort, Icel. or[eth], Sw. & Dan. ord, Goth. wa[ u]rd, OPruss. wirds, Lith. vardas a name, L. verbum a word; or perhaps to Gr. rh twr an orator. Cf. {Verb}.] [1913 Webster] 1. The… … The Collaborative International Dictionary of English

Словари и энциклопедии на Академике

Перевод: со всех языков на все языки

not+even+one+word

См. также в других словарях:

Поделиться ссылкой на выделенное

Словари и энциклопедии на Академике

Перевод: со всех языков на все языки

not+even+one+word

См. также в других словарях:

Поделиться ссылкой на выделенное

Прямая ссылка: